1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
21 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
23 \usepackage{courier} }
25 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
26 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
27 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
28 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
29 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
30 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
31 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
32 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
34 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
36 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
37 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
39 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
41 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
42 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
44 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
45 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
46 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
49 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
51 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
52 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
53 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
56 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
57 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
59 % redefine the greyed out note
60 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
61 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
63 \options intoc,refpage,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
71 \font_typewriter default
72 \font_default_family default
87 \paperorientation portrait
98 \paragraph_separation indent
100 \quotes_language english
103 \paperpagestyle default
104 \tracking_changes false
105 \output_changes false
121 \begin_layout Standard
123 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
138 \begin_layout Standard
139 \begin_inset Note Note
142 \begin_layout Standard
143 To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
150 \begin_layout Standard
151 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
159 \begin_layout Standard
160 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
161 LatexCommand tableofcontents
168 \begin_layout Chapter
172 \begin_layout Section
176 \begin_layout Standard
177 LyX is a document preparation system.
178 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
179 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
180 It is unlike most other
181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
188 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
190 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
202 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
207 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
211 \begin_layout Standard
212 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
225 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
229 \begin_layout Standard
231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
242 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
243 the format of all of the manuals.
244 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
245 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
262 \begin_layout Section
266 \begin_layout Standard
267 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
269 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
270 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
272 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
291 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
294 \begin_layout Standard
295 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
296 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
297 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
299 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
300 only a vertical scrollbar.
301 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
302 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
303 This, however, is due
304 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
305 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
306 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
307 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
309 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
310 this doesn't work for equations yet.
313 \begin_layout Standard
314 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
315 at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
319 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
324 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
325 ing sections of this documentation.
328 \begin_layout Section
332 \begin_layout Standard
333 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
338 of the manuals from inside LyX.
339 Just select the manual you want read from the
346 \begin_layout Section
348 \begin_inset CommandInset label
350 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
357 \begin_layout Standard
358 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
359 without resorting to configuration files.
360 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
361 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
362 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
368 \begin_layout Standard
377 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
378 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
379 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
380 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
382 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
389 \begin_layout Standard
390 Reconfiguration of LyX
395 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
398 \begin_layout Section
400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
402 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
409 \begin_layout Standard
410 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
411 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
419 \begin_layout Standard
439 that will be created when using the menu
441 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
446 \begin_layout Standard
465 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
466 \begin_inset Note Note
469 \begin_layout Standard
470 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
478 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
479 More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
487 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
491 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
504 \begin_layout Standard
505 Reconfiguration of LyX
513 \begin_layout Chapter
517 \begin_layout Section
518 Basic File Operations
522 \begin_layout Standard
531 \begin_layout Standard
536 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
540 \begin_layout Itemize
546 \begin_layout Itemize
558 \begin_layout Itemize
564 \begin_layout Itemize
570 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
583 \begin_layout Itemize
591 \begin_layout Itemize
598 \begin_layout Itemize
604 \begin_layout Itemize
610 \begin_layout Itemize
616 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Standard
623 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
624 a few minor differences.
627 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
636 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
637 you for a template to use.
638 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
639 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
640 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
641 (see section\InsetSpace ~
643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
645 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
652 \begin_layout Standard
654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
677 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
678 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
681 \begin_layout Standard
693 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
697 \begin_layout Standard
698 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
717 will reload the document from disk.
718 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
719 and want to restore it to the last save.
725 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
726 can identify this as your changes.
729 \begin_layout Section
730 Basic Editing Features
734 \begin_layout Standard
741 \begin_inset CommandInset label
743 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
750 \begin_layout Standard
751 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
752 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
753 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
754 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
756 We'll start with cut and paste.
759 \begin_layout Standard
760 As you might expect, the
764 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
765 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
769 \begin_layout Itemize
775 \begin_layout Itemize
781 \begin_layout Itemize
787 \begin_layout Itemize
794 \begin_layout Itemize
801 \begin_layout Itemize
809 \begin_layout Standard
810 The first three are self-explanatory.
811 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
812 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
821 keys also functions as the
826 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
827 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
832 to get back the lost text.
835 \begin_layout Standard
839 \begin_layout Standard
845 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
851 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
854 \begin_layout Standard
857 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
859 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
861 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
864 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
870 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
876 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
877 will start a new paragraph.
880 \begin_layout Standard
884 \begin_layout Standard
894 \begin_layout Standard
902 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
914 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
919 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
930 button to skip the current word.
936 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
942 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
944 If the toggle is set, searching for
945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
956 will not match the word
957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
971 Match whole words only
973 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1001 \begin_layout Section
1006 \begin_layout Standard
1016 \begin_layout Standard
1023 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1025 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1032 \begin_layout Standard
1033 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1034 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1037 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1040 to undo some mistake.
1041 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1043 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1054 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1059 \begin_layout Standard
1060 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1061 it was last saved, the
1062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1069 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1070 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1073 \begin_layout Standard
1082 work on almost everything in LyX.
1083 They have some quirks, too.
1092 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1093 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1101 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1102 surely appreciate how it works.
1105 \begin_layout Section
1110 \begin_layout Standard
1119 \begin_layout Standard
1120 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1123 \begin_layout Enumerate
1128 \begin_layout Itemize
1133 once anywhere in the edit window.
1134 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1138 \begin_layout Enumerate
1143 \begin_layout Itemize
1149 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1152 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1155 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1158 \begin_layout Itemize
1159 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1161 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1168 \begin_layout Enumerate
1169 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1173 \begin_layout Standard
1178 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1179 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1180 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1184 \begin_layout Enumerate
1189 \begin_layout Standard
1194 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1199 \begin_layout Section
1201 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1203 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1211 \begin_layout Standard
1220 \begin_layout Standard
1221 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1222 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1224 LyX's default is CUA.
1227 \begin_layout Standard
1254 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1258 \begin_layout Labeling
1259 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1263 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1264 LatexCommand nomenclature
1266 description "Tabulator key"
1272 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1273 If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
1275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1277 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1284 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1288 , especially section\InsetSpace ~
1290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1292 reference "sub:Lists"
1298 If you're still confused, look in the
1305 \begin_layout Labeling
1306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1310 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1311 LatexCommand nomenclature
1313 description "Escape key"
1320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1327 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1328 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1331 \begin_layout Labeling
1332 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1343 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1344 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1348 \begin_layout Standard
1349 There are three modifier keys:
1352 \begin_layout Labeling
1353 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1371 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1372 LatexCommand nomenclature
1374 description "Control key"
1378 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1379 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1383 \begin_layout Itemize
1392 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1395 \begin_layout Itemize
1404 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1407 \begin_layout Itemize
1416 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1420 \begin_layout Labeling
1421 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1439 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1440 LatexCommand nomenclature
1442 description "Shift key"
1446 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1447 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1450 \begin_layout Labeling
1451 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1469 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1470 LatexCommand nomenclature
1472 description "Meta or Alt key"
1476 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1477 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1478 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1484 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1486 menu accelerator keys
1489 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1490 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1494 \begin_layout Standard
1495 For example, the sequence
1496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1547 \begin_layout Standard
1548 There are also other things bound to the
1552 key, but you'll have to check in the
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1566 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1567 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1568 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1569 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1570 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1571 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1587 followed by a capital
1593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1611 \begin_layout Chapter
1616 \begin_layout Standard
1625 \begin_layout Section
1630 \begin_layout Standard
1639 \begin_layout Subsection
1643 \begin_layout Standard
1644 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1645 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1646 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1647 numbering schemes, and so on.
1648 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1649 and format the title of your document differently.
1652 \begin_layout Standard
1657 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1658 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1659 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1660 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1661 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1664 \begin_layout Standard
1665 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1666 how to adjust their properties.
1669 \begin_layout Subsection
1674 \begin_layout Standard
1681 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1683 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1690 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1694 \begin_layout Standard
1695 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1699 \begin_layout Description
1700 Article for basic articles
1703 \begin_layout Description
1704 Report for basic reports
1707 \begin_layout Description
1708 Book for writing a book
1711 \begin_layout Description
1712 Letter for US-style letters
1715 \begin_layout Standard
1716 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1718 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1719 can be found in chapter
1721 Special Document Classes
1730 \begin_layout Description
1731 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1734 \begin_layout Description
1741 \begin_layout Standard
1758 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1762 \begin_layout Description
1763 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1764 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1765 There are three article layouts available.
1766 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1767 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1768 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1769 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1774 sequential numbering
1775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1778 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1779 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1780 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1781 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1784 \begin_layout Description
1785 Beamer Layout for presentations
1788 \begin_layout Description
1789 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1790 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1794 \begin_layout Description
1795 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1796 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1799 \begin_layout Description
1800 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1803 \begin_layout Description
1806 Die TeXnische Komödie
1808 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1811 \begin_layout Description
1812 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1815 \begin_layout Description
1816 Foils Used to make transparencies
1819 \begin_layout Description
1820 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1823 \begin_layout Description
1824 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1825 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1829 \begin_layout Description
1830 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1831 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1834 \begin_layout Description
1835 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1838 \begin_layout Description
1839 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1842 \begin_layout Description
1843 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1844 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1847 \begin_layout Description
1848 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1851 \begin_layout Description
1856 LaTeX document class
1859 \begin_layout Description
1860 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1863 \begin_layout Description
1868 \begin_layout Standard
1883 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1884 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1886 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1889 \begin_layout Description
1890 Slides Used to make transparencies
1893 \begin_layout Description
1895 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1896 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1899 \begin_layout Description
1900 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1903 \begin_layout Description
1908 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1911 \begin_layout Standard
1912 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1914 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1919 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1920 of the document classes.
1923 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1927 \begin_layout Standard
1928 You can select a class using the
1930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1935 \begin_layout Standard
1944 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1948 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1952 \begin_layout Standard
1953 Each class has a default set of options.
1954 Here's a quick table describing them:
1957 \begin_layout Standard
1958 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1964 \begin_layout Standard
1966 \begin_inset Tabular
1967 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1969 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1970 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1971 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1972 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1973 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1974 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1978 \begin_layout Standard
1984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1987 \begin_layout Standard
2002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2005 \begin_layout Standard
2020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2023 \begin_layout Standard
2038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2041 \begin_layout Standard
2057 <row topline="true">
2058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2061 \begin_layout Standard
2075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2078 \begin_layout Standard
2093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2096 \begin_layout Standard
2111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2114 \begin_layout Standard
2129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2132 \begin_layout Standard
2148 <row topline="true">
2149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2152 \begin_layout Standard
2166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2169 \begin_layout Standard
2184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2187 \begin_layout Standard
2202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2205 \begin_layout Standard
2220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2223 \begin_layout Standard
2239 <row topline="true">
2240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2243 \begin_layout Standard
2257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2260 \begin_layout Standard
2275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2278 \begin_layout Standard
2293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2296 \begin_layout Standard
2311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2314 \begin_layout Standard
2330 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2334 \begin_layout Standard
2348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2351 \begin_layout Standard
2366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2369 \begin_layout Standard
2384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2387 \begin_layout Standard
2402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2405 \begin_layout Standard
2427 \begin_layout Standard
2428 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2434 \begin_layout Standard
2435 You're probably also wondering what
2436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2445 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2446 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2451 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2456 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2466 headings, there are also
2474 headings, and so on.
2475 We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
2477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2479 reference "sub:Headings"
2486 \begin_layout Subsection
2491 \begin_layout Standard
2498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2500 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2510 \begin_layout Standard
2519 \begin_layout Standard
2520 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2522 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2532 Documents\InsetSpace ~
2535 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2537 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2538 to use for your document.
2539 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2543 \begin_layout Standard
2544 You can augment your document class by selecting from among the layout modules
2545 that also appear on this pane.
2546 Highlighting a module will display a brief description of what it does.
2547 There is, for example, a URL module that adds a URL character style (see
2549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2551 reference "sub:Character-Styles"
2555 ), and there are several theorem modules that can add theorem environments,
2556 like those already present in the AMS classes, to standard classes like
2562 Note, however, that not all modules are compatible with all layouts.
2563 The theorem modules, for example, should
2567 be used with the AMS classes, since these already have their own theorem
2568 declarations; and no more than one of the theorem modules should be used
2573 \begin_layout Standard
2574 For information on creating your own modules---which can be used, for example,
2575 to store a set of character styles you like to use with different documents---s
2577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2579 reference "sec:Layouts"
2596 \begin_layout Standard
2606 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2607 You can choose between the following five options:
2610 \begin_layout Labeling
2611 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2616 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2619 \begin_layout Labeling
2620 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2625 No page numbers or headings.
2628 \begin_layout Labeling
2629 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2637 \begin_layout Labeling
2638 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2643 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2644 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2645 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2648 \begin_layout Labeling
2649 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2654 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2661 \begin_layout Standard
2662 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
2670 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2671 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2673 Check the documentation for the
2677 package for more details,
2678 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
2687 \begin_layout Standard
2692 of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
2694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2696 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2703 \begin_layout Subsection
2704 Paper Size and Orientation
2708 \begin_layout Standard
2709 Document ! Paper size
2715 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2717 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2724 \begin_layout Standard
2725 You'll find the following options in the menu
2730 of the dialog of the
2732 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2741 \begin_layout Standard
2750 \begin_layout Labeling
2751 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2756 What size paper to print on.
2760 \begin_layout Itemize
2766 \begin_layout Itemize
2776 \begin_layout Itemize
2782 \begin_layout Itemize
2788 \begin_layout Itemize
2794 \begin_layout Itemize
2800 \begin_layout Itemize
2806 \begin_layout Labeling
2807 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2812 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2823 \begin_layout Labeling
2824 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2827 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2830 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2831 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2834 \begin_layout Subsection
2839 \begin_layout Standard
2846 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2856 \begin_layout Standard
2865 \begin_layout Standard
2866 Paper margins are set in the menu
2868 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2877 \begin_layout Standard
2886 \begin_layout Standard
2887 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2888 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2889 the paper format and the font size into account.
2892 \begin_layout Subsection
2896 \begin_layout Standard
2897 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2902 That includes the paragraph environments.
2903 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2904 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2905 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2906 paragraph environments to
2910 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2911 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2912 the conversion and why it failed.
2915 \begin_layout Section
2916 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2920 \begin_layout Standard
2921 Paragraph ! Indentation
2929 \begin_layout Subsection
2931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2933 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2940 \begin_layout Standard
2941 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2942 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2945 \begin_layout Standard
2946 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2947 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2948 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2949 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2953 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2959 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2960 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
2961 language than English.
2962 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
2965 \begin_layout Standard
2966 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
2967 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
2969 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
2970 LyX takes care of that.
2971 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
2973 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
2974 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
2975 of a page, and so on.
2979 \begin_layout Standard
2980 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
2985 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
2986 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
2990 of these pre-coded spacings.
2991 We'll explain more later.
2994 \begin_layout Subsection
2995 Paragraph Separation
2999 \begin_layout Standard
3000 Paragraph ! Separation
3008 \begin_layout Standard
3009 To separate paragraphs, select
3024 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3029 \begin_layout Standard
3037 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3038 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3039 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3042 \begin_layout Standard
3052 \begin_layout Standard
3053 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
3055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3057 reference "cap:Units"
3062 The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
3066 \begin_layout Subsection
3070 \begin_layout Standard
3071 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3074 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3075 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
3078 dialog and toggle the
3083 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3084 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3085 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3089 \begin_layout Standard
3090 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3091 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3094 \begin_layout Subsection
3099 \begin_layout Standard
3100 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3108 \begin_layout Standard
3111 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3116 \begin_layout Standard
3124 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3133 \begin_layout Standard
3134 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3140 \begin_layout Standard
3141 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3148 installed to use this feature.
3156 \begin_layout Section
3157 Paragraph Environments
3161 \begin_layout Standard
3162 Paragraph ! Environments
3168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3170 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3178 \begin_layout Standard
3179 Paragraph environments|(
3187 \begin_layout Subsection
3191 \begin_layout Standard
3192 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3195 \begin_layout Standard
3215 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3216 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3217 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3226 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3229 \begin_layout Standard
3230 A paragraph environment is simply a
3231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3238 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3239 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3240 scheme, labels, and so on.
3241 Additionally, you can
3242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3249 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3250 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3251 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3252 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3253 days of typewriters.
3254 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3256 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3259 \begin_layout Standard
3260 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3262 LyX will change the environment of the
3266 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3267 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3268 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3272 \begin_layout Standard
3281 create a new paragraph using the
3285 paragraph environment.
3287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3294 because if you are in one of these environments:
3297 \begin_layout Itemize
3303 \begin_layout Itemize
3309 \begin_layout Itemize
3315 \begin_layout Itemize
3321 \begin_layout Itemize
3327 \begin_layout Itemize
3333 \begin_layout Itemize
3339 \begin_layout Standard
3340 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3344 , rather than resetting it to
3349 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3350 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3351 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
3353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3355 reference "sec:Nesting"
3360 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3365 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3366 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3374 \begin_layout Subsection
3378 \begin_layout Standard
3379 The default paragraph environment is
3384 It creates a plain paragraph.
3385 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3386 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3387 this manual) are in the
3394 \begin_layout Standard
3395 You can nest a paragraph using the
3399 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3407 \begin_layout Subsection
3412 \begin_layout Standard
3421 \begin_layout Standard
3422 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3431 for thanks or contact information.
3432 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3433 page along with today's date.
3434 For other types of documents, the title
3435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3442 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3446 \begin_layout Standard
3447 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3461 Here's how you use them:
3464 \begin_layout Itemize
3465 Put the title of your document in the
3472 \begin_layout Itemize
3473 Put the author name in the
3480 \begin_layout Itemize
3481 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3482 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3488 Note that using this environment is optional.
3489 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3490 If you don't want any date, add the line
3500 to the preamble of your document (menu
3502 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3508 \begin_layout Standard
3509 You can use footnotes to insert
3510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3517 or contact informations.
3520 \begin_layout Subsection
3525 \begin_layout Standard
3532 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3541 \begin_layout Standard
3542 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3543 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3546 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3551 \begin_layout Standard
3552 Section headings ! Numbered
3560 \begin_layout Standard
3561 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3565 \begin_layout Enumerate
3571 \begin_layout Enumerate
3577 \begin_layout Enumerate
3583 \begin_layout Enumerate
3589 \begin_layout Enumerate
3595 \begin_layout Enumerate
3601 \begin_layout Enumerate
3607 \begin_layout Standard
3608 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3609 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3610 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3613 \begin_layout Standard
3614 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3615 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3616 You group the book into chapters.
3617 LyX does similar grouping:
3620 \begin_layout Itemize
3625 is divided in either
3634 \begin_layout Itemize
3646 \begin_layout Itemize
3658 \begin_layout Itemize
3670 \begin_layout Itemize
3682 \begin_layout Itemize
3694 \begin_layout Standard
3695 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3698 \begin_layout Standard
3703 Not all document types use the
3707 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3712 is the top-level heading.
3720 \begin_layout Standard
3725 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3726 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3728 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3740 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3745 \begin_layout Standard
3746 Section headings ! Unnumbered
3754 \begin_layout Standard
3755 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3759 \begin_layout Enumerate
3765 \begin_layout Enumerate
3771 \begin_layout Enumerate
3777 \begin_layout Enumerate
3783 \begin_layout Enumerate
3789 \begin_layout Standard
3791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3798 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3799 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3800 table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
3802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3811 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3812 Changing the Numbering
3813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3815 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3822 \begin_layout Standard
3823 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3824 in the Table of Contents.
3825 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3827 Certain classes start with
3841 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3851 This is something you can change.
3854 \begin_layout Standard
3857 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3866 \begin_layout Standard
3876 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
3880 you'll see two counters.
3885 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3887 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3891 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3892 Short Titles of Headings
3896 \begin_layout Standard
3897 Section headings ! Short titles
3906 \begin_layout Standard
3913 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3915 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3922 \begin_layout Standard
3923 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3924 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3925 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3926 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3929 \begin_layout Standard
3930 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3931 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3932 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3933 To specify a short title, use the menu
3935 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3940 This will insert a box labeled
3941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3956 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
3957 This also works for captions inside floats.
3960 \begin_layout Standard
3961 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
3964 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3968 \begin_layout Standard
3969 The following information applies to all section headings:
3972 \begin_layout Itemize
3973 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
3976 \begin_layout Itemize
3977 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
3980 \begin_layout Itemize
3981 You can only use inline math in these environments.
3984 \begin_layout Itemize
3985 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
3988 \begin_layout Subsection
3989 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
3992 \begin_layout Standard
3993 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4007 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4008 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4009 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4010 the text they contain.
4011 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4019 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4022 \begin_layout Standard
4023 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4032 when you start a new paragraph.
4033 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4037 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4038 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4039 to change back to the
4043 environment yourself.
4046 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4056 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4066 \begin_layout Standard
4075 \begin_layout Standard
4076 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4077 time for the differences.
4086 are identical except for one difference:
4090 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4099 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4102 \begin_layout Standard
4103 Here's an example of the
4116 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4118 See -- no indentation!
4122 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4123 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4124 the other paragraph.
4127 \begin_layout Standard
4128 Here's another example, this time in the
4135 \begin_layout Quotation
4141 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4142 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4143 the first line, then
4147 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4151 you were quoting other text.
4154 \begin_layout Quotation
4155 Here's a new paragraph.
4156 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4157 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4160 \begin_layout Standard
4161 As the examples show,
4165 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4166 They should put quotes in the
4171 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4175 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4178 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4187 \begin_layout Standard
4199 \begin_layout Standard
4206 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4215 \begin_layout Standard
4220 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4227 Which I did not rehearse!
4231 It could be much worse.
4232 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4234 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4235 indented a bit more than the first.
4236 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4243 And make things look fine
4252 \begin_layout Standard
4257 does not indent both margins.
4258 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4259 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4270 \begin_layout Subsection
4275 \begin_layout Standard
4282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4291 \begin_layout Standard
4292 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4302 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4311 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4312 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4313 some general features of all four of them.
4316 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4320 \begin_layout Standard
4321 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4323 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4332 reset the environment to
4336 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4337 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4338 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4343 to break paragraphs.
4346 \begin_layout Standard
4347 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4348 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4350 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4351 you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
4353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4355 reference "sec:Nesting"
4363 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4372 \begin_layout Standard
4379 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4388 \begin_layout Standard
4389 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4393 paragraph environment.
4394 It has the following properties:
4397 \begin_layout Itemize
4398 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4402 \begin_layout Itemize
4403 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4406 \begin_layout Itemize
4407 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4411 \begin_layout Itemize
4412 The items can have any length.
4413 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4414 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4421 \begin_layout Itemize
4426 environment inside another
4430 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4434 \begin_layout Itemize
4435 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4438 \begin_layout Itemize
4439 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4442 \begin_layout Itemize
4443 See section\InsetSpace ~
4445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4447 reference "sec:Nesting"
4451 for a full explanation of nesting.
4455 \begin_layout Standard
4456 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4465 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4468 \begin_layout Standard
4469 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4470 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4471 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4474 \begin_layout Itemize
4475 The label for the first level
4479 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4483 \begin_layout Itemize
4484 The label for the second level is a dash.
4488 \begin_layout Itemize
4489 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4493 \begin_layout Itemize
4494 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4498 \begin_layout Itemize
4499 Back out to the third level.
4503 \begin_layout Itemize
4504 Back to the second level.
4508 \begin_layout Itemize
4509 Back to the outermost level.
4512 \begin_layout Standard
4513 These are the default labels for an
4518 You can customize these labels in the
4520 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4523 dialog in the submenu
4533 \begin_layout Standard
4542 \begin_layout Standard
4543 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4544 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4545 in section\InsetSpace ~
4547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4549 reference "sec:Nesting"
4556 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4565 \begin_layout Standard
4572 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4574 name "sec:Enumerate"
4581 \begin_layout Standard
4586 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4587 It has these properties:
4590 \begin_layout Enumerate
4591 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4595 \begin_layout Enumerate
4596 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4600 \begin_layout Enumerate
4601 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4604 \begin_layout Enumerate
4609 environment resets the counter to one.
4612 \begin_layout Enumerate
4625 \begin_layout Enumerate
4626 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4627 Items can have any length.
4630 \begin_layout Enumerate
4631 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4634 \begin_layout Enumerate
4635 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4638 \begin_layout Enumerate
4639 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4643 \begin_layout Standard
4652 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4653 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4660 \begin_layout Enumerate
4661 The first level of an
4665 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4669 \begin_layout Enumerate
4670 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4674 \begin_layout Enumerate
4675 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4679 \begin_layout Enumerate
4680 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4683 \begin_layout Enumerate
4684 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4689 \begin_layout Enumerate
4690 Back to the third level
4694 \begin_layout Enumerate
4695 Back to the second level.
4699 \begin_layout Enumerate
4700 Back to the outermost level.
4703 \begin_layout Standard
4704 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4709 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4714 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4718 \begin_layout Standard
4719 There is more to nesting
4723 environments than we've stated here.
4724 You should read section\InsetSpace ~
4726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4728 reference "sec:Nesting"
4732 to learn more about nesting.
4735 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4744 \begin_layout Standard
4751 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4753 name "sec:Description-List"
4760 \begin_layout Standard
4761 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4765 list has no fixed label.
4766 Instead, LyX uses the first
4767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4774 of the first line as the label.
4778 \begin_layout Description
4779 Example: This is an example of the
4786 \begin_layout Standard
4787 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4791 \begin_layout Standard
4793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4800 it is meant that the first hit of the
4804 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4806 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4817 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4818 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4819 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4822 , see section\InsetSpace ~
4824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4826 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4830 for more info.) Here is an example:
4833 \begin_layout Description
4835 Example: This one shows how to use a
4837 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4847 \begin_layout Description
4848 Usage: You should use the
4852 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4853 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4855 It's not a good idea to use a
4859 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4860 You're better off using
4872 paragraphs into them.
4875 \begin_layout Description
4876 Nesting: You can nest
4880 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4884 \begin_layout Standard
4885 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4886 them from the first line.
4889 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4898 \begin_layout Standard
4905 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4914 \begin_layout Standard
4919 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4923 \begin_layout Standard
4932 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4933 There are the following properties of this list environment:
4936 \begin_layout Labeling
4937 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4939 labels LyX uses the first
4940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4947 of each line as the item label.
4952 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4953 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4954 blank as described above.
4957 \begin_layout Labeling
4958 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4959 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4960 the body of the item text.
4961 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4962 label width plus a little extra space.
4966 \begin_layout Labeling
4967 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4969 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
4971 If the label width is larger, the label
4972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4979 into the first line.
4980 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
4981 margin of the rest of the item text.
4984 \begin_layout Labeling
4985 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4986 default\InsetSpace ~
4987 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
4992 environment have the same left margin.
4994 To change the default width, select
4995 all items in the list.
4998 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4999 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
5005 Longest\InsetSpace ~
5008 determines the default label width.
5009 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5018 multiple times instead.
5019 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5028 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5030 Longest\InsetSpace ~
5033 every time you alter a label in a
5039 The predefined default width is the length of
5040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5051 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5054 \begin_layout Standard
5059 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5060 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5068 \begin_layout Standard
5073 environment the same way like the
5077 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5083 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5087 \begin_layout Standard
5092 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5094 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5095 Read section\InsetSpace ~
5097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5099 reference "sec:Nesting"
5103 to learn about nesting.
5106 \begin_layout Standard
5107 There is yet another feature of the
5111 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5113 You can use additional
5117 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5122 later in section\InsetSpace ~
5124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5126 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5131 Here are some examples:
5134 \begin_layout Labeling
5135 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5136 Left The default for
5143 \begin_layout Labeling
5144 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5151 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5154 \begin_layout Labeling
5155 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5164 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5167 \begin_layout Subsection
5172 \begin_layout Standard
5181 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5194 \begin_layout Standard
5195 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5206 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5207 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5208 In contrast, you can use the
5217 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5218 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5222 \begin_layout Standard
5223 Of course, you're not limited to using
5238 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5239 some European academic papers.
5242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5246 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5253 \begin_layout Standard
5258 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5259 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5265 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5266 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5267 Here's an example of each:
5270 \begin_layout Right Address
5277 When is it? What is today?
5280 \begin_layout Standard
5287 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5288 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5289 Here's an example of the
5296 \begin_layout Address
5299 Where do I send this
5301 Your post office and country
5304 \begin_layout Standard
5305 As you can see, both
5314 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5319 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5325 This makes sense, since
5333 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5334 Thus, you have to use
5344 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5345 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5353 menu) to start a new line in an
5365 \begin_layout Subsection
5369 \begin_layout Standard
5370 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5371 or list of references.
5372 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5375 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5382 \begin_layout Standard
5391 \begin_layout Standard
5396 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5397 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5398 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5399 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5403 in anything else or vice versa.
5409 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5410 The book document classes ignores the
5414 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5418 in a letter document class.
5421 \begin_layout Standard
5426 environment does several things for you.
5427 First, it puts the centered label
5428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5436 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5438 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5439 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5440 the subsequent text.
5441 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5442 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5445 \begin_layout Standard
5446 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5450 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5451 The new paragraph will still be in the
5456 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5457 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5460 \begin_layout Standard
5461 \begin_inset Float figure
5466 \begin_layout Standard
5468 \begin_inset Graphics
5469 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5479 \begin_layout Standard
5480 \begin_inset Caption
5482 \begin_layout Standard
5483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5485 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5506 \begin_layout Standard
5507 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5511 environment, but since this document is in the
5512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5519 class, we can't do this.
5520 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5524 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5529 If you've never heard of an
5530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5537 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5540 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5549 \begin_layout Standard
5556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5558 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5565 \begin_layout Standard
5570 environment is used to list references.
5571 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5572 only use it at the end of the document.
5577 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5580 \begin_layout Standard
5581 When you first open a
5585 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5601 depending on the document class.
5602 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5603 Each paragraph of the
5607 environment is a bibliography entry.
5612 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5613 Each new paragraph is still in the
5620 \begin_layout Standard
5621 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5622 in section\InsetSpace ~
5624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5626 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5633 \begin_layout Subsection
5640 \begin_layout Standard
5641 Paragraph ! LyX code
5647 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5656 \begin_layout Standard
5661 environment is another LyX extension.
5662 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5667 key as a fixed whitespace;
5671 \begin_layout Standard
5682 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5685 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5690 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5691 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5709 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5710 So, when you finish using the
5714 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5715 Also, you can nest the
5719 environment inside of others.
5722 \begin_layout Standard
5723 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5726 \begin_layout Itemize
5731 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5743 \begin_layout Itemize
5756 \begin_layout Itemize
5761 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5768 \begin_layout Itemize
5777 \begin_layout Itemize
5778 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5779 You must put at least one
5783 in any line you want blank.
5784 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5787 \begin_layout Itemize
5788 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5792 since that will insert
5797 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5805 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5808 \begin_layout Standard
5812 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5816 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5820 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5824 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5828 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5829 printf("Hello World!
5834 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5838 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5842 \begin_layout Standard
5843 This is just the standard
5844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5855 \begin_layout Standard
5860 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5861 rc-files, and so on.
5862 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5863 as if you used a typewriter.
5867 \begin_layout Standard
5868 Paragraph environments|)
5876 \begin_layout Section
5877 Nesting Environments
5881 \begin_layout Standard
5882 Nesting ! Environments
5888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5897 \begin_layout Subsection
5901 \begin_layout Standard
5902 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5904 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5906 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5908 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5920 \begin_layout Enumerate
5924 \begin_layout Enumerate
5929 \begin_layout Enumerate
5933 \begin_layout Enumerate
5938 \begin_layout Enumerate
5942 \begin_layout Standard
5943 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5944 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5946 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5952 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5960 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5961 will tell you how far you are nested).
5962 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5963 \begin_inset Graphics
5964 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
5971 \begin_inset Graphics
5972 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
5978 or the convenient key bindings
5986 to change the nesting level.
5987 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
5988 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
5992 \begin_layout Standard
5993 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
5994 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
5995 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
5996 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
5999 \begin_layout Standard
6000 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6001 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6003 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6006 \begin_layout Subsection
6007 What You Can and Can't Nest
6010 \begin_layout Standard
6011 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6012 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6015 \begin_layout Standard
6016 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6017 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6018 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6021 \begin_layout Itemize
6022 Completely unnestable
6025 \begin_layout Itemize
6026 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6027 other things inside of them.
6030 \begin_layout Itemize
6031 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6035 \begin_layout Standard
6036 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6037 environments have them:
6040 \begin_layout Description
6041 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6042 Can't nest into them.
6046 \begin_layout Itemize
6052 \begin_layout Itemize
6058 \begin_layout Itemize
6066 \begin_layout Itemize
6072 \begin_layout Itemize
6078 \begin_layout Itemize
6086 \begin_layout Itemize
6092 \begin_layout Itemize
6098 \begin_layout Itemize
6104 \begin_layout Itemize
6110 \begin_layout Itemize
6116 \begin_layout Itemize
6122 \begin_layout Itemize
6128 \begin_layout Itemize
6134 \begin_layout Itemize
6140 \begin_layout Itemize
6146 \begin_layout Itemize
6153 \begin_layout Description
6155 Nestable You can nest them.
6156 You can nest other things into them.
6160 \begin_layout Itemize
6166 \begin_layout Itemize
6172 \begin_layout Itemize
6178 \begin_layout Itemize
6184 \begin_layout Itemize
6190 \begin_layout Itemize
6196 \begin_layout Itemize
6202 \begin_layout Itemize
6209 \begin_layout Description
6210 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6211 You can't nest anything into them.
6215 \begin_layout Itemize
6221 \begin_layout Itemize
6228 \begin_layout Itemize
6235 \begin_layout Standard
6240 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
6254 \begin_layout Subsection
6255 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6259 \begin_layout Standard
6260 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6266 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6268 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6276 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6277 affected by nesting anyhow.
6281 \begin_layout Itemize
6285 \begin_layout Itemize
6289 \begin_layout Itemize
6293 \begin_layout Standard
6295 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6298 \begin_layout Standard
6303 If you put a figure or a table in a
6307 , this is no longer true.
6312 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
6314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6316 reference "sec:Floats"
6320 for more informations about
6327 \begin_layout Standard
6328 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6329 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6333 \begin_layout Standard
6334 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6342 of its own, it behaves just like a
6343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6350 paragraph environment.
6351 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6355 \begin_layout Standard
6356 Here's an example with a table:
6359 \begin_layout Enumerate
6364 \begin_layout Enumerate
6365 This is (a) and it's nested.
6369 \begin_layout Standard
6370 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6376 \begin_layout Standard
6378 \begin_inset Tabular
6379 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6381 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6382 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6383 <row topline="true">
6384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6387 \begin_layout Standard
6402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6405 \begin_layout Standard
6421 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6425 \begin_layout Standard
6440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6443 \begin_layout Standard
6466 \begin_layout Standard
6467 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6474 \begin_layout Enumerate
6476 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6480 \begin_layout Enumerate
6484 \begin_layout Standard
6485 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6488 \begin_layout Enumerate
6493 \begin_layout Enumerate
6494 This is (a) and it's nested.
6498 \begin_layout Standard
6499 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6505 \begin_layout Standard
6507 \begin_inset Tabular
6508 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6510 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6511 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6512 <row topline="true">
6513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6516 \begin_layout Standard
6531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6534 \begin_layout Standard
6550 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6554 \begin_layout Standard
6569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6572 \begin_layout Standard
6595 \begin_layout Standard
6596 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6602 \begin_layout Enumerate
6609 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6612 \begin_layout Enumerate
6616 \begin_layout Standard
6617 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6621 \begin_layout Standard
6622 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6624 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6627 \begin_layout Enumerate
6632 \begin_layout Enumerate
6633 This is (a) and it's nested.
6636 \begin_layout Standard
6637 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6643 \begin_layout Standard
6645 \begin_inset Tabular
6646 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6648 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6649 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6650 <row topline="true">
6651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6654 \begin_layout Standard
6669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6672 \begin_layout Standard
6688 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6692 \begin_layout Standard
6707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6710 \begin_layout Standard
6733 \begin_layout Standard
6734 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6740 \begin_layout Enumerate
6742 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6750 \begin_layout Enumerate
6754 \begin_layout Standard
6755 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6761 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6762 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6766 \begin_layout Subsection
6767 Usage and General Features
6768 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6770 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
6777 \begin_layout Standard
6778 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6787 is the innermost possible depth.
6788 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6791 \begin_layout Enumerate
6792 level #1 - outermost
6796 \begin_layout Enumerate
6801 \begin_layout Enumerate
6806 \begin_layout Enumerate
6811 \begin_layout Itemize
6816 \begin_layout Itemize
6825 \begin_layout Standard
6826 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6827 both of them in the example.
6828 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6838 For example, if we tried to nest another
6843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6853 \begin_layout Subsection
6858 \begin_layout Standard
6867 \begin_layout Standard
6868 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6869 We have several examples of nested environments.
6870 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6874 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6875 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6878 \begin_layout Labeling
6879 \labelwidthstring MMM
6880 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6889 \begin_layout Labeling
6890 \labelwidthstring MMM
6891 #2-a This is level #2.
6892 We created it by using
6904 \begin_layout Labeling
6905 \labelwidthstring MMM
6906 #3-a This is level #3.
6907 This time, we just hit
6916 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6929 \begin_layout Standard
6934 environment, nested inside of
6935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6943 So, it's at level #4.
6944 We did this by hitting
6952 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6957 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
6973 \begin_layout Standard
6978 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
6985 \begin_layout Labeling
6986 \labelwidthstring MMM
6987 #4-a This is level #4.
6992 and changed the paragraph environment back to
6997 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7001 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7006 keep nesting things inside of
7007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7018 \begin_layout Labeling
7019 \labelwidthstring MMM
7020 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7025 \begin_layout Labeling
7026 \labelwidthstring MMM
7027 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7028 and this is level #6.
7029 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7033 \begin_layout Labeling
7034 \labelwidthstring MMM
7035 #5-b Back to level #5.
7048 \begin_layout Labeling
7049 \labelwidthstring MMM
7058 , we're back at level #4.
7062 \begin_layout Labeling
7063 \labelwidthstring MMM
7064 #3-b Back to level #3.
7065 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7069 \begin_layout Labeling
7070 \labelwidthstring MMM
7071 #2-b Back to level #2.
7076 \begin_layout Labeling
7077 \labelwidthstring MMM
7078 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7079 After this sentence, we'll hit
7083 and change the paragraph environment back to
7090 \begin_layout Standard
7091 We could have also used the
7107 environment in place of the
7112 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7115 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7116 Example 2: Inheritance
7119 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7120 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7123 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7133 , after which, we'll change to the
7141 \begin_layout Enumerate
7146 environment, at level #2.
7149 \begin_layout Enumerate
7150 Notice how the nested
7154 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7158 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7162 \begin_layout Standard
7163 We ended this example by hitting
7168 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7172 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7179 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7180 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7192 \begin_layout Standard
7193 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7201 \begin_layout Enumerate
7202 This is level #1, in an
7206 paragraph environment.
7207 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7211 \begin_layout Enumerate
7222 Now, what happens if we nest an
7226 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7227 label be? An asterisk?
7231 \begin_layout Itemize
7241 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7242 So, its label is a bullet.
7243 (We got here by using
7251 , then changing the environment to
7259 \begin_layout Itemize
7260 Here's level #4, produced using
7269 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7274 \begin_layout Enumerate
7275 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7277 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7282 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7286 , because we are in the
7310 \begin_layout Enumerate
7315 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7316 type of numbering does LyX use?
7319 \begin_layout Enumerate
7320 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7324 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7327 \begin_layout Enumerate
7332 to decrease the depth after the next
7340 \begin_layout Enumerate
7342 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7346 \begin_layout Enumerate
7348 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7349 numeral as the label.Why?
7352 \begin_layout Enumerate
7353 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7362 Notice, however, that LyX
7366 reset the counter for the label.
7370 \begin_layout Enumerate
7379 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7380 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7381 into the twofold-nested
7389 \begin_layout Enumerate
7390 The same thing happens if we do another
7398 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7401 \begin_layout Standard
7402 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7407 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7421 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7427 The same rule applies for the
7431 environment, as well.
7434 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7435 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7438 \begin_layout Enumerate
7439 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7440 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7441 same detail with how we did it.
7450 \begin_layout Standard
7453 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7455 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7456 example in parentheses someplace.
7457 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7458 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7459 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7463 \begin_layout Enumerate
7468 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7473 Now we'll add verse.
7475 It will get much worse.
7479 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7485 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7487 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7499 \begin_layout Standard
7500 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7506 \begin_layout Standard
7508 \begin_inset Tabular
7509 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7511 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7512 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7517 \begin_layout Standard
7532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7535 \begin_layout Standard
7551 <row topline="true">
7552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7555 \begin_layout Standard
7570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7573 \begin_layout Standard
7600 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7604 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7610 \begin_layout Enumerate
7615 : level #1) This is another item.
7616 Note that selecting a
7620 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7621 3 times to put the table inside the
7629 \begin_layout Quotation
7630 We're now ending the
7634 list and changing to
7639 We're still at level #1.
7640 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7641 The next set of paragraphs is a
7642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7658 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7662 for the letter body.
7667 to preserve the depth.
7668 Remember that you need to use
7672 to create multiple lines inside the
7686 \begin_layout Right Address
7689 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7694 \begin_layout Address
7695 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7699 \begin_layout Quotation
7700 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7701 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7704 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7705 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7706 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7707 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7708 as soon as possible.
7709 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7712 \begin_layout Quotation
7713 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7714 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7715 with your order, along with payment.
7718 \begin_layout Quotation
7719 We thank you again for your patience.
7722 \begin_layout Address
7729 \begin_layout Quotation
7730 That ends that example!
7733 \begin_layout Standard
7734 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7735 just a few keystrokes.
7736 We could have easily nested an
7757 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7760 \begin_layout Section
7761 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7764 \begin_layout Subsection
7766 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7768 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7775 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7781 \begin_layout Standard
7782 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7783 in a uniform fashion.
7784 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7785 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7786 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7787 equally between themselves.
7791 \begin_layout Standard
7796 can be inserted with
7798 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7799 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7800 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7804 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7809 This is on the left side
7811 This is on the right
7834 \begin_layout Standard
7835 That was an example in the
7841 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7847 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7850 is one in a standard paragraph.
7851 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7855 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7858 \begin_layout Standard
7859 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7860 Here's an example with the
7867 \begin_layout Labeling
7868 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7880 \begin_layout Standard
7882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7889 marks the beginning of the item.
7890 (There is actually a
7891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7898 HFill inside of the label of the
7902 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7911 situations, like two-column mode.
7914 \begin_layout Standard
7915 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7918 \begin_layout Standard
7923 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7927 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7928 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7929 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7939 (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7955 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7956 Other space variants
7957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7959 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
7966 \begin_layout Standard
7967 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
7968 you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
7970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7977 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
7979 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
7982 \begin_layout Paragraph
7986 \begin_layout Standard
7987 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
7988 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
7999 For example the command
8006 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8009 cm space within the following line:
8012 \begin_layout Standard
8014 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8021 \begin_layout Standard
8039 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8043 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8046 cm space between the arrows.
8049 \begin_layout Standard
8050 You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8054 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8061 \begin_layout Paragraph
8065 \begin_layout Standard
8066 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
8068 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
8071 \begin_layout Standard
8072 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8075 What is correct English?:
8080 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
8086 \begin_layout Standard
8110 \begin_layout Standard
8129 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8135 \begin_layout Standard
8136 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
8137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8147 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
8154 In our case write the command
8161 (note the space after
8162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8169 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
8170 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
8171 That is why it is named
8172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8183 \begin_layout Standard
8184 There exists also the commands
8196 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
8197 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
8198 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
8200 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
8212 \begin_layout Subsection
8214 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8216 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
8223 \begin_layout Standard
8224 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
8226 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8227 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8228 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
8232 There you find the following sizes:
8235 \begin_layout Standard
8248 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
8253 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
8255 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8260 \begin_layout Standard
8268 for the paragraph separation.
8269 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
8280 \begin_layout Standard
8285 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
8286 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
8288 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
8289 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
8298 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
8302 \begin_layout Standard
8307 s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
8309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8311 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8320 If there are several
8324 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
8325 You can therefore use
8329 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
8332 \begin_layout Standard
8337 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8341 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8348 \begin_layout Standard
8349 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8352 \begin_layout Standard
8359 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
8360 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
8372 \begin_layout Subsection
8376 \begin_layout Standard
8377 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
8379 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8383 There are four possibilities:
8386 \begin_layout Itemize
8392 \begin_layout Itemize
8398 \begin_layout Itemize
8404 \begin_layout Itemize
8410 \begin_layout Standard
8411 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8412 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8413 the left and right margins.
8414 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8417 \begin_layout Standard
8419 This paragraph is right aligned,
8422 \begin_layout Standard
8424 this one is centered,
8427 \begin_layout Standard
8429 this one is left aligned.
8432 \begin_layout Subsection
8437 \begin_layout Standard
8444 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8446 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
8453 \begin_layout Standard
8454 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8455 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8456 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8457 Only if you use many
8461 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8464 \begin_layout Standard
8465 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8466 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8470 have to change the pagebreaking.
8473 \begin_layout Standard
8474 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8476 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8478 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8479 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8484 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8485 that it fills out the complete page.
8486 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8487 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8488 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8499 \begin_layout Standard
8500 For more about ERT see section\InsetSpace ~
8502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8514 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8515 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8519 \begin_layout Standard
8520 normally one uses simply
8532 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8533 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8536 \begin_layout Standard
8537 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8538 at the top of a page.
8539 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8540 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8541 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8542 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8546 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8557 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8559 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8561 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
8569 \begin_layout Standard
8578 \begin_layout Standard
8579 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
8580 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
8581 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
8582 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
8583 if necessary by adding pages.
8586 \begin_layout Standard
8587 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
8589 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8590 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8595 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
8597 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8598 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8603 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
8604 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
8607 \begin_layout Subsection
8612 \begin_layout Standard
8619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8621 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
8628 \begin_layout Standard
8629 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8631 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8633 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8634 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8643 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8644 whole space between the page margins.
8645 This is necessary to avoid
8646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8653 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8654 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8666 The syntax is similar tho the command
8672 , described in the previous section.
8675 \begin_layout Standard
8676 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8677 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8678 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8679 set a linebreak, e.g.
8680 in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
8682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8684 reference "sec:Quote"
8689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8691 reference "sec:Verse"
8696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8698 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
8705 \begin_layout Subsection
8710 \begin_layout Standard
8719 \begin_layout Standard
8720 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
8721 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
8722 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
8723 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
8725 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8729 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8731 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8733 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8741 \begin_layout Standard
8750 \begin_layout Standard
8751 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8752 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
8753 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
8754 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
8755 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
8757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8759 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8764 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8765 In this case, insert one with
8767 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8768 Special\InsetSpace ~
8769 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8770 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
8780 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8782 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8784 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8792 \begin_layout Standard
8801 \begin_layout Standard
8802 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8804 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8808 Further documentation is given in section
8811 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8813 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8821 \begin_layout Standard
8822 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8837 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8846 A protected space is set with
8848 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8849 Special\InsetSpace ~
8850 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8865 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8869 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8877 \begin_layout Standard
8886 \begin_layout Standard
8888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8895 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8904 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8905 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8906 inside abbreviations:
8910 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8912 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8913 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
8917 \begin_layout Standard
8918 or between values and units.
8919 Compare for example this:
8921 10\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8927 \begin_layout Standard
8928 You can insert thin spaces with the menu
8930 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8931 Special\InsetSpace ~
8932 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8943 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8947 \begin_layout Standard
8948 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
8949 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via a formula
8950 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
8952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8954 reference "sub:Altering-Spacing"
8963 Te latter means to type
8967 space-insert <command>
8974 into the command buffer, where
8978 is one of the following:
8982 \begin_layout Standard
8984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8991 is explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8995 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9007 \begin_layout Standard
9009 \begin_inset Tabular
9010 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
9012 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
9013 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
9014 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
9015 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
9016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9019 \begin_layout Standard
9027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9030 \begin_layout Standard
9038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9041 \begin_layout Standard
9050 <row topline="true">
9051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9054 \begin_layout Standard
9062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9065 \begin_layout Standard
9072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9075 \begin_layout Standard
9082 <row topline="true">
9083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9086 \begin_layout Standard
9094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9097 \begin_layout Standard
9104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9107 \begin_layout Standard
9114 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
9115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9118 \begin_layout Standard
9126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9129 \begin_layout Standard
9136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9139 \begin_layout Standard
9146 <row bottomline="true">
9147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9150 \begin_layout Standard
9158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9161 \begin_layout Standard
9168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9171 \begin_layout Standard
9178 <row bottomline="true">
9179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9182 \begin_layout Standard
9190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9193 \begin_layout Standard
9200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9203 \begin_layout Standard
9210 <row bottomline="true">
9211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9214 \begin_layout Standard
9222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9225 \begin_layout Standard
9232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9235 \begin_layout Standard
9242 <row bottomline="true">
9243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9246 \begin_layout Standard
9254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9257 \begin_layout Standard
9264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9267 \begin_layout Standard
9274 <row bottomline="true">
9275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9278 \begin_layout Standard
9286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9289 \begin_layout Standard
9296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9299 \begin_layout Standard
9313 \begin_layout Subsection
9315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9317 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9325 \begin_layout Standard
9334 \begin_layout Standard
9339 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9340 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9341 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
9344 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
9350 \begin_layout Section
9351 Fonts and Text Styles
9352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9354 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
9361 \begin_layout Subsection
9366 \begin_layout Standard
9375 \begin_layout Standard
9376 There are two types of fonts:
9379 \begin_layout Description
9385 \begin_layout Standard
9391 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
9392 characters) in the font.
9393 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
9394 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
9395 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
9396 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
9397 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
9398 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
9399 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9400 provide a good image.
9402 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
9403 size and scale them.
9404 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9405 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9406 sizes than at small ones.
9424 \begin_layout Description
9430 \begin_layout Standard
9436 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9437 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9438 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9439 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9440 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9441 picture manipulation program.
9442 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9443 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9444 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9445 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9446 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9448 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9449 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9451 Bitmap fonts are named
9457 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9460 \begin_layout Standard
9461 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9462 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9463 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9464 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9468 \begin_layout Standard
9469 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9470 its document properties.
9473 \begin_layout Standard
9474 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9475 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9476 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9477 font to emphasize text, you use an
9478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9486 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9487 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9491 \begin_layout Subsection
9492 Document Font and Font size
9493 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9495 name "sub:Document-Font"
9503 \begin_layout Standard
9513 \begin_layout Standard
9522 \begin_layout Standard
9523 You can set the document fonts in the
9525 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9532 \begin_layout Standard
9539 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9540 font shapes roman (serif),
9552 \begin_layout Standard
9553 The possible options for the font include
9557 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9562 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9584 European Computer Modern
9587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9597 \begin_layout Standard
9606 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9607 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9611 \begin_layout Standard
9612 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9617 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9623 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9624 There are three ways to use one:
9627 \begin_layout Itemize
9628 One way is to use the
9638 Virtual means that it
9639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9650 -glyphs from other fonts.
9651 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
9653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9672 \begin_layout Standard
9673 Loading the LaTeX-package
9679 \begin_layout Standard
9680 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
9687 with the document preamble line
9690 \begin_layout Standard
9695 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
9698 \begin_layout Standard
9699 will fix the guillemet problem.
9704 and that accented characters are not
9708 glyph, they are build of
9712 characters, the accent and the letter.
9713 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
9717 fonts for words with accented characters.
9718 If you search for example for the French word
9719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9726 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
9728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9735 and not for the glyph
9736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9743 \begin_layout Standard
9761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9765 \begin_inset Note Note
9768 \begin_layout Standard
9776 The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
9777 to be accented with the grave.
9779 More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
9780 in section\InsetSpace ~
9782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9796 \begin_layout Itemize
9797 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
9801 \begin_layout Standard
9810 , consists of these three main font types
9837 scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
9838 % as sans\InsetSpace ~
9845 The differences between roman,
9854 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9858 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9869 was originally designed for newspapers.
9870 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
9871 into the small newspaper columns.
9877 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
9880 \begin_layout Itemize
9881 The best solution is to use the
9886 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
9893 \begin_layout Standard
9894 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9897 For the font size there are four possible values:
9914 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
9917 \begin_layout Standard
9918 The font sizes are the
9923 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
9924 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
9925 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
9931 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9935 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9942 \begin_layout Standard
9943 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9947 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9950 \begin_layout Standard
9955 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
9959 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
9960 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
9961 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
9963 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9966 dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
9968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9970 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
9982 \begin_layout Subsection
9983 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9985 name "sub:Character-Styles"
9989 Using Different Character Styles
9993 \begin_layout Standard
10003 \begin_layout Standard
10012 \begin_layout Standard
10013 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10014 certain paragraph environments.
10015 LyX supports two character styles,
10024 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10028 \begin_layout Standard
10033 style, do one of the following:
10036 \begin_layout Itemize
10037 click on the toolbar button
10038 \begin_inset Graphics
10039 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10048 \begin_layout Itemize
10055 \begin_layout Standard
10056 These commands are all toggles.
10061 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10064 \begin_layout Standard
10065 One typically uses the
10069 style for proper names.
10071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10078 is the original author of LyX.
10079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10085 \begin_layout Standard
10086 A more widely used character style is the
10091 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10098 \begin_layout Itemize
10099 clicking on the toolbar button
10100 \begin_inset Graphics
10101 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10110 \begin_layout Itemize
10111 using the keybindings
10117 \begin_layout Standard
10122 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10123 es use a different font.
10126 \begin_layout Standard
10127 We've been using the
10131 style all over the place in this document.
10132 Here's one more example:
10135 \begin_layout Quotation
10138 Don't overuse character styles!
10141 \begin_layout Standard
10142 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10143 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10144 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10145 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10149 \begin_layout Standard
10150 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
10157 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10164 \begin_layout Subsection
10165 Fine-Tuning with the
10170 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10172 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10180 \begin_layout Standard
10189 \begin_layout Standard
10190 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10191 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10192 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10193 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10194 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10195 from ordinary dialog.
10198 \begin_layout Standard
10199 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10200 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10202 Documents that overuse
10203 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
10204 has knocked huge holes in it.
10207 \begin_layout Standard
10208 To use custom character styles, open the
10210 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10215 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10216 font property which you can choose.
10217 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10222 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10227 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10228 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10229 environments in a snap.
10232 \begin_layout Standard
10233 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10245 \begin_layout Labeling
10246 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10260 The possible options are:
10264 \begin_layout Labeling
10265 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10270 This is the Roman font family.
10271 Normally a serif font.
10272 It's also the default family.
10277 \begin_layout Standard
10303 \begin_layout Standard
10319 \begin_inset Note Note
10322 \begin_layout Standard
10323 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
10324 It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
10326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10328 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
10340 \begin_layout Labeling
10341 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10349 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10356 \begin_layout Standard
10382 \begin_layout Standard
10400 \begin_layout Labeling
10401 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10408 This is the Typewriter font family.
10415 \begin_layout Standard
10441 \begin_layout Standard
10462 \begin_layout Labeling
10463 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10468 This corresponds to the print weight.
10473 \begin_layout Labeling
10474 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10479 This is the Medium font series.
10480 It's also the default series.
10483 \begin_layout Labeling
10484 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10491 This is the Bold font series.
10498 \begin_layout Standard
10524 \begin_layout Standard
10543 \begin_layout Labeling
10544 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10549 As the name implies.
10554 \begin_layout Labeling
10555 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10560 This is the Upright font shape.
10561 It's also the default shape.
10564 \begin_layout Labeling
10565 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10579 s the Italic font shape
10585 \begin_layout Labeling
10586 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10593 This is the Slanted font shape
10595 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10598 \begin_layout Labeling
10599 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10607 This is the Small caps font shape
10614 \begin_layout Labeling
10615 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10620 Alters the size of the font.
10621 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10622 nal to the document font size.
10623 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10624 what you want to do.
10629 \begin_layout Labeling
10630 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10652 \begin_layout Standard
10678 \begin_layout Standard
10697 \begin_layout Standard
10723 \begin_layout Standard
10741 \begin_layout Labeling
10742 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10764 \begin_layout Standard
10790 \begin_layout Standard
10808 \begin_layout Labeling
10809 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10831 \begin_layout Standard
10857 \begin_layout Standard
10876 \begin_layout Standard
10902 \begin_layout Standard
10920 \begin_layout Labeling
10921 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10943 \begin_layout Standard
10969 \begin_layout Standard
10988 \begin_layout Standard
11014 \begin_layout Standard
11032 \begin_layout Labeling
11033 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11047 It's also the default size.
11052 \begin_layout Standard
11078 \begin_layout Standard
11097 \begin_layout Standard
11123 \begin_layout Standard
11141 \begin_layout Labeling
11142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11164 \begin_layout Standard
11190 \begin_layout Standard
11209 \begin_layout Standard
11235 \begin_layout Standard
11253 \begin_layout Labeling
11254 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11276 \begin_layout Standard
11302 \begin_layout Standard
11321 \begin_layout Standard
11347 \begin_layout Standard
11365 \begin_layout Labeling
11366 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11388 \begin_layout Standard
11414 \begin_layout Standard
11432 \begin_layout Labeling
11433 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11455 \begin_layout Standard
11481 \begin_layout Standard
11500 \begin_layout Standard
11526 \begin_layout Standard
11544 \begin_layout Labeling
11545 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11567 \begin_layout Standard
11593 \begin_layout Standard
11612 \begin_layout Standard
11638 \begin_layout Standard
11657 \begin_layout Standard
11662 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11663 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11664 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11665 - use that instead.
11666 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11669 \begin_layout Labeling
11670 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11675 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11680 \begin_layout Labeling
11681 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11688 This is text with emphasize on
11691 This might seem like the same as
11695 , but it is actually a bit different.
11701 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11703 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11706 \begin_layout Labeling
11707 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11714 This is text with Underbar on.
11721 \begin_layout Standard
11747 \begin_layout Standard
11768 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11769 when you couldn't change fonts.
11770 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11771 It's only included in LyX because some people
11775 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11778 \begin_layout Labeling
11779 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11786 This is text with Noun on.
11793 , this is a logical attribute.
11794 Normally it's equivalent to
11803 \begin_layout Labeling
11804 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11809 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11810 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
11816 , which is the default
11817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11824 and means normally black, you can choose between
11860 \begin_layout Standard
11869 \begin_layout Labeling
11870 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11875 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11876 the language of the document.
11877 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
11881 \begin_layout Standard
11882 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11883 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11885 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11889 dialog, the settings are saved.
11890 You can activate them using the toolbar button
11891 \begin_inset Graphics
11892 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
11899 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
11900 when the dialog isn't visible.
11904 \begin_layout Standard
11905 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
11911 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11912 (suppose you just set the shape to
11913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11930 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
11940 \begin_layout Standard
11941 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
11958 \begin_layout Itemize
11964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11971 font, that means every character has the same width, the
11972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11994 \begin_layout Standard
12015 \begin_layout Standard
12035 \begin_inset Note Note
12038 \begin_layout Standard
12039 For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
12041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12043 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
12057 \begin_layout Itemize
12062 fonts use characters with serifs.
12063 These are the small
12064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12071 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12072 The following example will show the difference:
12078 text without serifs
12082 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12083 They are therefore used as default font (named
12090 \begin_layout Itemize
12096 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12097 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12100 \begin_layout Standard
12101 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12102 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12105 \begin_layout Section
12106 Printing and Previewing
12109 \begin_layout Subsection
12113 \begin_layout Standard
12114 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12115 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12116 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12117 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12118 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12120 Extended\InsetSpace ~
12126 \begin_layout Standard
12127 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12128 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12129 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12130 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12131 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12132 This happens in two stages:
12135 \begin_layout Enumerate
12136 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12137 generating a file with the extension,
12138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12152 \begin_layout Enumerate
12153 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12157 file to produce printable output.
12161 \begin_layout Subsection
12162 Output file formats
12166 \begin_layout Standard
12173 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12175 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12182 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12187 \begin_layout Standard
12188 File formats ! ASCII
12196 \begin_layout Standard
12197 This file type has the extension
12198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12210 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12214 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12221 \begin_layout Standard
12222 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12224 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12225 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12231 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12236 \begin_layout Standard
12237 File formats ! LaTeX
12245 \begin_layout Standard
12246 This file type has the extension
12247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12258 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12260 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12261 it manually with console commands.
12262 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12263 you view or export your document.
12266 \begin_layout Standard
12267 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12269 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12270 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12275 \begin_layout Standard
12295 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12300 \begin_layout Standard
12309 \begin_layout Standard
12310 This file type has the extension
12311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12331 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12332 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12333 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12335 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12339 \begin_layout Standard
12340 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12343 \begin_layout Standard
12348 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12349 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12354 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12355 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12356 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12357 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12360 \begin_layout Standard
12361 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12363 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12364 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12370 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12375 \begin_layout Standard
12376 File formats ! PostScript
12384 \begin_layout Standard
12385 This file type has the extension
12386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12398 PostScript was developed by the company
12402 as printer language.
12403 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12405 PostScript can be seen as
12406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12409 programming language
12410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12413 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12417 \begin_layout Standard
12418 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12427 \begin_layout Standard
12428 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12438 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12441 \begin_layout Standard
12442 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12446 Encapsulated PostScript
12447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12450 (EPS, file extension
12451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12463 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12464 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12465 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12466 whenever you view or export your document.
12467 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12468 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12469 EPS to avoid this problem.
12472 \begin_layout Standard
12473 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12475 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12476 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12482 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12487 \begin_layout Standard
12497 \begin_layout Standard
12506 \begin_layout Standard
12507 This file type has the extension
12508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12524 Portable Document Format
12525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12528 (PDF) is developed by
12532 as derivative from PostScript.
12533 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12542 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12543 looks exactly the same.
12546 \begin_layout Standard
12547 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12551 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12555 (JPG, file extension
12556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12583 Portable Network Graphics
12584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12587 (PNG, file extension
12588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12600 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12601 in the background to one of these formats.
12602 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12603 will slow down your workflow.
12604 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12607 \begin_layout Standard
12608 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12610 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12613 in three different ways:
12616 \begin_layout Description
12617 PDF This uses the program
12621 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12622 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12626 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12627 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12630 \begin_layout Description
12632 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12636 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12640 \begin_layout Description
12642 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12646 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12649 \begin_layout Standard
12650 We recommend to use
12659 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12665 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12668 \begin_layout Subsection
12673 \begin_layout Standard
12682 \begin_layout Standard
12683 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12684 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12688 and choose a file type.
12689 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12692 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12695 you can use the toolbar button
12696 \begin_inset Graphics
12697 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12709 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12713 you can use the toolbar button
12714 \begin_inset Graphics
12715 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
12724 \begin_layout Standard
12725 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12726 viewer window using the menu
12728 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12734 \begin_layout Standard
12735 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12737 To have a real output, export your document.
12740 \begin_layout Subsection
12741 Printing the File from within LyX
12742 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12744 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12751 \begin_layout Standard
12752 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12753 it directly from within LyX.
12754 To print a file, select the menu
12756 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12759 or click on the toolbar button
12760 \begin_inset Graphics
12761 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12768 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12769 This file is then processed by the program
12773 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12778 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12781 \begin_layout Standard
12782 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12783 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12784 printing one set to print on the other side.
12785 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12786 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12787 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12790 \begin_layout Standard
12791 You can set the parameters in the
12799 \begin_layout Labeling
12800 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12805 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12809 \begin_layout Standard
12810 Note that this printer name is for the program
12819 has to be configured for this printer name.
12820 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
12822 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12824 reference "sub:Printer"
12833 The printer should understand PostScript.
12836 \begin_layout Labeling
12837 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12842 The name of a file to print to.
12843 The output will be a PostScript file.
12844 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
12848 \begin_layout Section
12849 A few Words about Typography
12853 \begin_layout Standard
12862 \begin_layout Subsection
12867 \begin_layout Standard
12874 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12883 \begin_layout Standard
12885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12896 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12911 \begin_layout Enumerate
12917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12931 \begin_layout Enumerate
12937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12946 \begin_layout Standard
12966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12972 \begin_layout Enumerate
12978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12987 \begin_layout Standard
13008 \begin_layout Standard
13028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13034 \begin_layout Enumerate
13038 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13058 \begin_layout Standard
13059 You generate them by inserting the
13060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13071 character multiple times in a row.
13072 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13073 final output, but not in LyX.
13076 \begin_layout Standard
13077 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13078 math mode and has a length of its own.
13079 Here are some examples of the
13080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13094 \begin_layout Enumerate
13095 line- and page-breaks
13104 \begin_layout Enumerate
13114 \begin_layout Enumerate
13115 Oh --- there's a dash.
13124 \begin_layout Enumerate
13125 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13137 \begin_layout Subsection
13142 \begin_layout Standard
13149 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13151 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13158 \begin_layout Standard
13159 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13160 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13166 \begin_layout Standard
13167 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13174 following the rules of the document language
13178 \begin_layout Standard
13179 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13186 German\InsetSpace ~
13192 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13203 \begin_layout Standard
13204 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13209 and with unusual constructs, like
13210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13218 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13219 This is done with the menu
13221 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13222 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13223 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
13227 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13228 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13231 \begin_layout Standard
13232 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13233 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13234 a hyphen and a space in the form
13235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13243 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13251 as hyphenation possibility.
13252 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13253 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13254 of the LaTeX-box-command
13260 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13261 As LyX doesn't support
13267 , we have to use ERT.
13268 The result looks in LyX like:
13271 \begin_layout Standard
13272 \begin_inset Graphics
13273 filename clipart/mbox.png
13282 \begin_layout Standard
13283 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
13285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13287 reference "sec:ERT"
13294 \begin_layout Subsection
13299 \begin_layout Standard
13308 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13309 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13312 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13319 \begin_layout Standard
13320 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13321 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13322 LaTeX then adds the
13323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13326 appropriate amount of space
13327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13331 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13333 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13336 \begin_layout Standard
13337 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13351 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13352 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13355 \begin_layout Standard
13356 Here are some examples of
13360 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13363 \begin_layout Itemize
13368 \begin_layout Itemize
13373 \begin_layout Standard
13374 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13377 \begin_layout Itemize
13380 this is too much space!
13383 \begin_layout Itemize
13388 \begin_layout Standard
13389 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13392 \begin_layout Standard
13393 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13396 \begin_layout Enumerate
13399 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
13402 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
13404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13406 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13414 \begin_layout Standard
13415 Spaces ! inter-word
13423 \begin_layout Enumerate
13429 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
13431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13433 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13441 \begin_layout Standard
13450 \begin_layout Enumerate
13455 sentence\InsetSpace ~
13460 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13461 Special\InsetSpace ~
13464 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13465 This function is also bound to
13472 \begin_layout Standard
13473 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13476 \begin_layout Itemize
13477 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13478 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
13479 this is too much space!
13482 \begin_layout Itemize
13483 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13487 \begin_layout Standard
13488 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13489 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13490 LaTeX will care about this.
13493 \begin_layout Standard
13494 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13497 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13501 feature described in section
13512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13517 \begin_layout Standard
13518 Typography ! Quotes
13527 \begin_layout Standard
13528 Quotes | see{Typography}
13534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13543 \begin_layout Standard
13544 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13545 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13546 and use a closing quote at the end.
13548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13556 The keyboard character,
13560 , generates this automatically.
13563 \begin_layout Standard
13564 You can change the behavior of the
13568 key using the submenu
13574 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13581 \begin_layout Standard
13582 Document ! Settings
13590 \begin_layout Standard
13591 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13596 There are six choices:
13599 \begin_layout Labeling
13600 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13612 Use quotes like this
13613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13621 \begin_inset Quotes els
13625 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13631 \begin_layout Labeling
13632 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13635 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13639 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13645 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13649 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13653 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13659 \begin_layout Labeling
13660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13663 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13667 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13673 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13677 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13681 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13685 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13691 \begin_layout Labeling
13692 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13695 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13699 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13705 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13709 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13713 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13717 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13723 \begin_layout Labeling
13724 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13727 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13731 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13737 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13741 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13745 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13749 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13755 \begin_layout Labeling
13756 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13759 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13763 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13769 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13773 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13777 \begin_inset Quotes als
13781 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13787 \begin_layout Standard
13788 These settings affects what character the
13795 \begin_layout Subsection
13800 \begin_layout Standard
13801 Typography ! Ligatures
13810 \begin_layout Standard
13811 Ligatures | see{Typography}
13817 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13819 name "sub:Ligatures"
13826 \begin_layout Standard
13827 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
13828 print them as single characters.
13829 These groups are known as
13834 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
13836 Here are the standard ligatures:
13839 \begin_layout Itemize
13843 \begin_layout Itemize
13847 \begin_layout Itemize
13851 \begin_layout Itemize
13855 \begin_layout Itemize
13859 \begin_layout Standard
13860 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
13863 \begin_layout Standard
13864 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
13865 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
13866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13873 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
13874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13889 To break a ligature, use
13891 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13892 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13893 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
13898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13909 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13926 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13934 \begin_layout Subsection
13939 \begin_layout Standard
13946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13948 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
13955 \begin_layout Standard
13956 You have surely noticed, that the word
13957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13964 appears always with characters in different size and height.
13965 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
13966 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
13967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13974 \begin_layout Standard
13990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13994 \begin_inset Note Note
13997 \begin_layout Standard
13998 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
13999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14006 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14007 To create proper names omit the ERT.
14012 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14016 \begin_layout Description
14017 LyX The name of the game, write
14018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14025 \begin_layout Standard
14041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14047 \begin_layout Description
14048 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14056 \begin_layout Standard
14072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14078 \begin_layout Description
14079 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14087 \begin_layout Standard
14103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14109 \begin_layout Description
14110 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14118 \begin_layout Standard
14134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14140 \begin_layout Standard
14141 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14146 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14154 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14155 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14156 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14159 : The actual version is
14160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14167 , the previous one was
14168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14178 \begin_layout Standard
14179 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14180 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
14181 This will look in LyX like:
14182 \begin_inset Graphics
14183 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14191 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
14193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14195 reference "sec:ERT"
14202 \begin_layout Subsection
14207 \begin_layout Standard
14216 \begin_layout Standard
14217 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14218 space between two words.
14219 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14229 for units use the menu
14231 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14232 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14243 \begin_layout Standard
14244 Here's an example to show the differences:
14247 \begin_layout Standard
14248 \begin_inset Tabular
14249 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14251 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14252 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14257 \begin_layout Standard
14260 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14271 \begin_layout Standard
14272 space between number and unit
14279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14282 \begin_layout Standard
14283 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14285 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14296 \begin_layout Standard
14297 half space between number and unit
14310 \begin_layout Subsection
14315 \begin_layout Standard
14316 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14331 \begin_layout Standard
14332 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14334 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14335 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14336 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14337 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14338 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14339 These dangly-bits of text became known as
14350 \begin_layout Standard
14351 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14352 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14353 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14354 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14355 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14356 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14357 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14360 \begin_layout Standard
14361 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14362 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14363 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
14365 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14367 key "latexcompanion"
14373 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14379 ] may have more information.
14380 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14383 \begin_layout Chapter
14384 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14387 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14394 \begin_layout Standard
14395 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14400 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14403 \begin_layout Section
14408 \begin_layout Standard
14415 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14424 \begin_layout Standard
14425 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14428 \begin_layout Description
14430 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14433 \begin_inset Note Note
14436 \begin_layout Standard
14437 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14445 \begin_layout Description
14446 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14447 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14449 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14450 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14451 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14456 \begin_inset Note Comment
14459 \begin_layout Standard
14460 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14468 \begin_layout Description
14469 Greyed\InsetSpace ~
14470 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14475 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14478 \begin_layout Standard
14483 \begin_layout Standard
14484 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14485 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14486 How this can be done is explained in the
14495 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14504 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14505 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14508 \begin_layout Description
14509 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
14511 \begin_inset Note Framed
14514 \begin_layout Standard
14515 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
14520 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
14522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14524 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
14528 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
14532 \begin_layout Description
14533 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
14534 \begin_inset Note Shaded
14537 \begin_layout Standard
14538 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
14543 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
14544 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
14547 \begin_layout Standard
14548 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14549 \begin_inset Graphics
14550 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14554 scaleBeforeRotation
14560 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14564 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14567 \begin_layout Section
14572 \begin_layout Standard
14579 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14581 name "sec:Footnotes"
14588 \begin_layout Standard
14589 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14592 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14595 or the toolbar button
14596 \begin_inset Graphics
14597 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14612 \begin_inset Graphics
14613 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14625 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14654 label, the box will
14658 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14659 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14672 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14688 \begin_layout Standard
14689 Here's an example footnote:
14697 \begin_layout Standard
14698 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
14706 \begin_layout Standard
14707 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14708 position where the footnote box is placed.
14709 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14710 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14711 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14712 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14713 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14718 ey are described in the
14725 \begin_layout Section
14730 \begin_layout Standard
14737 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14739 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14746 \begin_layout Standard
14747 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14748 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14750 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14751 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
14754 or the toolbar button
14755 \begin_inset Graphics
14756 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
14778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14785 appearing within your text.
14786 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
14795 \begin_layout Standard
14796 At the side is an example marginal note.
14800 \begin_inset Marginal
14803 \begin_layout Standard
14804 This is a marginal note.
14812 \begin_layout Standard
14813 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
14814 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
14815 pages, right on odd pages.
14818 \begin_layout Section
14819 Graphics and Images
14823 \begin_layout Standard
14833 \begin_layout Standard
14840 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14842 name "sec:Graphics"
14849 \begin_layout Standard
14850 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
14851 you want and click on the toolbar icon
14852 \begin_inset Graphics
14853 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
14861 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14865 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
14868 \begin_layout Standard
14869 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
14874 tab allows you to choose your image file.
14875 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
14876 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
14878 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
14880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14882 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
14889 \begin_layout Standard
14894 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
14895 of the image in the output.
14896 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
14908 bounding\InsetSpace ~
14911 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
14912 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
14920 \begin_layout Standard
14921 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
14926 You can also set the
14930 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
14931 This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
14933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14935 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
14945 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
14946 image size is printed.
14949 \begin_layout Standard
14950 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
14951 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
14953 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
14954 centered paragraph:
14957 \begin_layout Standard
14959 \begin_inset Graphics
14960 filename clipart/mobius.eps
14965 rotateOrigin center
14972 \begin_layout Standard
14973 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
14974 the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
14976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14978 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
14985 \begin_layout Subsection
14990 \begin_layout Standard
14997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14999 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15006 \begin_layout Standard
15007 You can insert images in any known file format.
15008 But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
15010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15012 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15016 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15017 LyX uses therefore the program
15021 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15022 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15023 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
15025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15027 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15034 \begin_layout Standard
15035 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15038 \begin_layout Description
15039 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
15040 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15041 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15042 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15046 Graphics Interchange Format
15047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15050 (GIF, file extension
15051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15066 \begin_layout Standard
15067 GIF|see{Image formats}
15073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15076 Portable Network Graphics
15077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15080 (PNG, file extension
15081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15096 \begin_layout Standard
15097 PNG|see{Image formats}
15103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15106 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15110 (JPG, file extension
15111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15138 \begin_layout Standard
15139 JPG|see{Image formats}
15147 \begin_layout Description
15148 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
15149 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
15151 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15152 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15153 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15156 calable image formats can be
15157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15160 Scalable Vector Graphics
15161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15164 (SVG, file extension
15165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15180 \begin_layout Standard
15181 SVG|see{Image formats}
15187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15190 Encapsulated PostScript
15191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15194 (EPS, file extension
15195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15210 \begin_layout Standard
15211 EPS|see{Image formats}
15217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15220 Portable Document Format
15221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15224 (PDF, file extension
15225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15240 \begin_layout Standard
15247 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15248 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15249 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15254 \begin_layout Standard
15255 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15263 \begin_layout Standard
15264 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15268 \begin_layout Section
15273 \begin_layout Standard
15280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15289 \begin_layout Standard
15290 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15291 \begin_inset Graphics
15292 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15301 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15305 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15306 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15307 from the rest of the table.
15308 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15309 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15311 Here's an example table:
15314 \begin_layout Standard
15316 \begin_inset Tabular
15317 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15319 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15320 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15321 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
15322 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15323 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15327 \begin_layout Standard
15333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15336 \begin_layout Standard
15351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15354 \begin_layout Standard
15360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15363 \begin_layout Standard
15370 <row topline="true">
15371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15374 \begin_layout Standard
15389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15392 \begin_layout Standard
15398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15401 \begin_layout Standard
15407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15410 \begin_layout Standard
15417 <row topline="true">
15418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15421 \begin_layout Standard
15436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15439 \begin_layout Standard
15445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15448 \begin_layout Standard
15458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15461 \begin_layout Standard
15468 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15472 \begin_layout Standard
15487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15490 \begin_layout Standard
15496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15499 \begin_layout Standard
15505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15508 \begin_layout Standard
15522 \begin_layout Subsection
15526 \begin_layout Standard
15527 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15528 brings up the table dialog.
15529 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15530 where the cursor is placed currently.
15531 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15532 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15533 done on all of your selection.
15536 \begin_layout Standard
15537 Additionally to the table dialog the
15542 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15544 It is for example currently only possible to add\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
15545 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
15546 delete lines via the table
15550 \begin_layout Standard
15556 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
15557 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
15558 current cell respectively.
15559 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
15561 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
15562 of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
15564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15566 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
15573 \begin_layout Standard
15574 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
15580 This will merge the cells to
15584 cell, spread over more than one column.
15585 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
15586 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
15587 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
15588 in the last row without the upper border:
15591 \begin_layout Standard
15593 \begin_inset Tabular
15594 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
15595 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
15596 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15597 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
15598 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
15599 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15600 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15604 \begin_layout Standard
15610 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15613 \begin_layout Standard
15619 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15622 \begin_layout Standard
15628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15631 \begin_layout Standard
15638 <row topline="true">
15639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15642 \begin_layout Standard
15657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15660 \begin_layout Standard
15666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15669 \begin_layout Standard
15675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15678 \begin_layout Standard
15685 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15689 \begin_layout Standard
15695 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15698 \begin_layout Standard
15704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15707 \begin_layout Standard
15713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15716 \begin_layout Standard
15730 \begin_layout Standard
15731 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
15732 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
15733 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
15734 explained in the tables section of the
15736 Extended\InsetSpace ~
15740 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
15741 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
15744 degrees counterclockwise.
15745 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
15748 \begin_layout Standard
15749 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15752 \begin_layout Standard
15757 Most DVI-viewers are
15761 able to display rotations.
15769 \begin_layout Standard
15774 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
15779 adds lines for all cell borders.
15782 \begin_layout Subsection
15787 \begin_layout Standard
15788 Tables ! Longtables
15797 \begin_layout Standard
15806 \begin_layout Standard
15807 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
15817 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
15818 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
15821 \begin_layout Description
15826 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
15827 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
15828 except for the first page, if
15836 \begin_layout Description
15842 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
15843 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
15846 \begin_layout Description
15851 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
15852 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
15853 except for the last page, if
15861 \begin_layout Description
15867 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
15868 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
15871 \begin_layout Standard
15872 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
15873 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
15874 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
15875 The others will then be defined as
15880 In this context, first means first in this order:
15882 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
15895 See the following longtable to see how it works:
15898 \begin_layout Standard
15900 \begin_inset Tabular
15901 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
15902 <features islongtable="true">
15903 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
15904 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15905 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15906 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
15907 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15910 \begin_layout Standard
15913 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
15918 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15921 \begin_layout Standard
15927 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15930 \begin_layout Standard
15937 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
15938 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15941 \begin_layout Standard
15949 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15952 \begin_layout Standard
15958 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15961 \begin_layout Standard
15970 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
15971 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15974 \begin_layout Standard
15982 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15985 \begin_layout Standard
15991 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15994 \begin_layout Standard
16001 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
16002 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16005 \begin_layout Standard
16013 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16016 \begin_layout Standard
16022 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16025 \begin_layout Standard
16034 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
16035 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16038 \begin_layout Standard
16046 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16049 \begin_layout Standard
16055 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16058 \begin_layout Standard
16065 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16069 \begin_layout Standard
16077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16080 \begin_layout Standard
16086 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16089 \begin_layout Standard
16096 <row bottomline="true">
16097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16100 \begin_layout Standard
16108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16111 \begin_layout Standard
16117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16120 \begin_layout Standard
16127 <row bottomline="true">
16128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16131 \begin_layout Standard
16139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16142 \begin_layout Standard
16148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16151 \begin_layout Standard
16158 <row bottomline="true">
16159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16162 \begin_layout Standard
16170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16173 \begin_layout Standard
16179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16182 \begin_layout Standard
16189 <row bottomline="true">
16190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16193 \begin_layout Standard
16201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16204 \begin_layout Standard
16210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16213 \begin_layout Standard
16220 <row bottomline="true">
16221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16224 \begin_layout Standard
16232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16235 \begin_layout Standard
16241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16244 \begin_layout Standard
16251 <row bottomline="true">
16252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16255 \begin_layout Standard
16263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16266 \begin_layout Standard
16272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16275 \begin_layout Standard
16282 <row bottomline="true">
16283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16286 \begin_layout Standard
16294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16297 \begin_layout Standard
16303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16306 \begin_layout Standard
16313 <row bottomline="true">
16314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16317 \begin_layout Standard
16325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16328 \begin_layout Standard
16334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16337 \begin_layout Standard
16344 <row bottomline="true">
16345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16348 \begin_layout Standard
16356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16359 \begin_layout Standard
16365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16368 \begin_layout Standard
16375 <row bottomline="true">
16376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16379 \begin_layout Standard
16387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16390 \begin_layout Standard
16396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16399 \begin_layout Standard
16406 <row bottomline="true">
16407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16410 \begin_layout Standard
16418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16421 \begin_layout Standard
16427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16430 \begin_layout Standard
16437 <row bottomline="true">
16438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16441 \begin_layout Standard
16449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16452 \begin_layout Standard
16458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16461 \begin_layout Standard
16468 <row bottomline="true">
16469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16472 \begin_layout Standard
16480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16483 \begin_layout Standard
16489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16492 \begin_layout Standard
16499 <row bottomline="true">
16500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16503 \begin_layout Standard
16511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16514 \begin_layout Standard
16520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16523 \begin_layout Standard
16530 <row bottomline="true">
16531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16534 \begin_layout Standard
16542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16545 \begin_layout Standard
16551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16554 \begin_layout Standard
16561 <row bottomline="true">
16562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16565 \begin_layout Standard
16573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16576 \begin_layout Standard
16582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16585 \begin_layout Standard
16592 <row bottomline="true">
16593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16596 \begin_layout Standard
16604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16607 \begin_layout Standard
16613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16616 \begin_layout Standard
16623 <row bottomline="true">
16624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16627 \begin_layout Standard
16635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16638 \begin_layout Standard
16644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16647 \begin_layout Standard
16654 <row bottomline="true">
16655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16658 \begin_layout Standard
16666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16669 \begin_layout Standard
16675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16678 \begin_layout Standard
16685 <row bottomline="true">
16686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16689 \begin_layout Standard
16697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16700 \begin_layout Standard
16706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16709 \begin_layout Standard
16716 <row bottomline="true">
16717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16720 \begin_layout Standard
16728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16731 \begin_layout Standard
16737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16740 \begin_layout Standard
16747 <row bottomline="true">
16748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16751 \begin_layout Standard
16759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16762 \begin_layout Standard
16768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16771 \begin_layout Standard
16778 <row bottomline="true">
16779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16782 \begin_layout Standard
16790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16793 \begin_layout Standard
16799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16802 \begin_layout Standard
16809 <row bottomline="true">
16810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16813 \begin_layout Standard
16821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16824 \begin_layout Standard
16830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16833 \begin_layout Standard
16840 <row bottomline="true">
16841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16844 \begin_layout Standard
16852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16855 \begin_layout Standard
16861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16864 \begin_layout Standard
16871 <row bottomline="true">
16872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16875 \begin_layout Standard
16883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16886 \begin_layout Standard
16892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16895 \begin_layout Standard
16902 <row bottomline="true">
16903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16906 \begin_layout Standard
16914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16917 \begin_layout Standard
16923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16926 \begin_layout Standard
16933 <row bottomline="true">
16934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16937 \begin_layout Standard
16945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16948 \begin_layout Standard
16954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16957 \begin_layout Standard
16964 <row bottomline="true">
16965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16968 \begin_layout Standard
16976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16979 \begin_layout Standard
16985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16988 \begin_layout Standard
16995 <row bottomline="true">
16996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16999 \begin_layout Standard
17007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17010 \begin_layout Standard
17016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17019 \begin_layout Standard
17026 <row bottomline="true">
17027 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17030 \begin_layout Standard
17036 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17039 \begin_layout Standard
17045 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17048 \begin_layout Standard
17055 <row bottomline="true">
17056 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17059 \begin_layout Standard
17067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17070 \begin_layout Standard
17076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17079 \begin_layout Standard
17086 <row bottomline="true">
17087 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17090 \begin_layout Standard
17098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17101 \begin_layout Standard
17107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17110 \begin_layout Standard
17117 <row bottomline="true">
17118 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17121 \begin_layout Standard
17129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17132 \begin_layout Standard
17138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17141 \begin_layout Standard
17148 <row bottomline="true">
17149 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17152 \begin_layout Standard
17160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17163 \begin_layout Standard
17169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17172 \begin_layout Standard
17179 <row bottomline="true">
17180 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17183 \begin_layout Standard
17191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17194 \begin_layout Standard
17200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17203 \begin_layout Standard
17210 <row bottomline="true">
17211 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17214 \begin_layout Standard
17222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17225 \begin_layout Standard
17231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17234 \begin_layout Standard
17241 <row bottomline="true">
17242 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17245 \begin_layout Standard
17253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17256 \begin_layout Standard
17262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17265 \begin_layout Standard
17272 <row bottomline="true">
17273 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17276 \begin_layout Standard
17284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17287 \begin_layout Standard
17293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17296 \begin_layout Standard
17303 <row bottomline="true">
17304 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17307 \begin_layout Standard
17315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17318 \begin_layout Standard
17324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17327 \begin_layout Standard
17334 <row bottomline="true">
17335 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17338 \begin_layout Standard
17346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17349 \begin_layout Standard
17355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17358 \begin_layout Standard
17365 <row bottomline="true">
17366 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17369 \begin_layout Standard
17377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17380 \begin_layout Standard
17386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17389 \begin_layout Standard
17396 <row bottomline="true">
17397 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17400 \begin_layout Standard
17408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17411 \begin_layout Standard
17417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17420 \begin_layout Standard
17427 <row bottomline="true">
17428 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17431 \begin_layout Standard
17439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17442 \begin_layout Standard
17448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17451 \begin_layout Standard
17458 <row bottomline="true">
17459 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17462 \begin_layout Standard
17470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17473 \begin_layout Standard
17479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17482 \begin_layout Standard
17489 <row bottomline="true">
17490 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17493 \begin_layout Standard
17501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17504 \begin_layout Standard
17510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17513 \begin_layout Standard
17520 <row bottomline="true">
17521 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17524 \begin_layout Standard
17532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17535 \begin_layout Standard
17541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17544 \begin_layout Standard
17551 <row bottomline="true">
17552 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17555 \begin_layout Standard
17563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17566 \begin_layout Standard
17572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17575 \begin_layout Standard
17582 <row bottomline="true">
17583 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17586 \begin_layout Standard
17594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17597 \begin_layout Standard
17603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17606 \begin_layout Standard
17613 <row bottomline="true">
17614 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17617 \begin_layout Standard
17625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17628 \begin_layout Standard
17634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17637 \begin_layout Standard
17644 <row bottomline="true">
17645 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17648 \begin_layout Standard
17656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17659 \begin_layout Standard
17665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17668 \begin_layout Standard
17675 <row bottomline="true">
17676 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17679 \begin_layout Standard
17687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17690 \begin_layout Standard
17696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17699 \begin_layout Standard
17706 <row bottomline="true">
17707 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17710 \begin_layout Standard
17718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17721 \begin_layout Standard
17727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17730 \begin_layout Standard
17737 <row bottomline="true">
17738 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17741 \begin_layout Standard
17749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17752 \begin_layout Standard
17758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17761 \begin_layout Standard
17768 <row bottomline="true">
17769 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17772 \begin_layout Standard
17780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17783 \begin_layout Standard
17789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17792 \begin_layout Standard
17799 <row bottomline="true">
17800 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17803 \begin_layout Standard
17811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17814 \begin_layout Standard
17820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17823 \begin_layout Standard
17830 <row bottomline="true">
17831 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17834 \begin_layout Standard
17842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17845 \begin_layout Standard
17851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17854 \begin_layout Standard
17861 <row bottomline="true">
17862 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17865 \begin_layout Standard
17873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17876 \begin_layout Standard
17882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17885 \begin_layout Standard
17892 <row bottomline="true">
17893 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17896 \begin_layout Standard
17904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17907 \begin_layout Standard
17913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17916 \begin_layout Standard
17923 <row bottomline="true">
17924 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17927 \begin_layout Standard
17935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17938 \begin_layout Standard
17944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17947 \begin_layout Standard
17954 <row bottomline="true">
17955 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17958 \begin_layout Standard
17966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17969 \begin_layout Standard
17975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17978 \begin_layout Standard
17985 <row bottomline="true">
17986 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17989 \begin_layout Standard
17997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18000 \begin_layout Standard
18006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18009 \begin_layout Standard
18016 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
18017 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18020 \begin_layout Standard
18028 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18031 \begin_layout Standard
18037 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18040 \begin_layout Standard
18054 \begin_layout Subsection
18059 \begin_layout Standard
18066 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18068 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18075 \begin_layout Standard
18076 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18077 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18078 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18079 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18083 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18084 for the cell's paragraph.
18087 \begin_layout Standard
18088 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18089 for the column in the table dialog.
18090 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18091 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18095 \begin_layout Standard
18097 \begin_inset Tabular
18098 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18100 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18101 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
18102 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
18103 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18107 \begin_layout Standard
18122 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18125 \begin_layout Standard
18140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18143 \begin_layout Standard
18160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18163 \begin_layout Standard
18178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18181 \begin_layout Standard
18191 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Standard
18215 <row bottomline="true">
18216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18219 \begin_layout Standard
18234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18237 \begin_layout Standard
18247 This is longer now.
18252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18255 \begin_layout Standard
18271 <row bottomline="true">
18272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18275 \begin_layout Standard
18290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18293 \begin_layout Standard
18303 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18304 This is longer now.
18309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18312 \begin_layout Standard
18335 \begin_layout Standard
18336 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18337 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18338 Selection with the mouse or with
18342 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18343 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18344 the selection from outside the table.
18347 \begin_layout Section
18352 \begin_layout Standard
18359 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18368 \begin_layout Standard
18369 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18370 have a fixed location.
18372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18379 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18386 Margin\InsetSpace ~
18389 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18390 too much notes at the page.
18393 \begin_layout Standard
18394 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18395 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18396 and pages without text.
18397 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18398 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18399 Floats are therefore numbered.
18400 Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
18402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18404 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18411 \begin_layout Standard
18412 To insert a float, use the menu
18414 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18418 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18424 Figure\InsetSpace ~
18426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18429 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18430 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18432 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18436 \begin_layout Standard
18442 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18443 paragraph within the float.
18444 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18445 by left-clicking on the box label.
18446 A closed float box looks like this:
18447 \begin_inset Graphics
18448 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18455 -- a gray button with a red label.
18458 \begin_layout Standard
18459 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18460 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18463 \begin_layout Subsection
18467 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18472 \begin_layout Standard
18473 Floats ! Figure floats
18479 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18481 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
18488 \begin_layout Standard
18491 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18492 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18495 inserts a float with the label
18496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18501 Figure\InsetSpace ~
18505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18509 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
18510 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
18511 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
18513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18515 reference "cap:Platypus"
18520 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
18521 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
18522 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
18524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18526 reference "cap:Escher"
18533 \begin_layout Standard
18534 \begin_inset Float figure
18539 \begin_layout Standard
18541 \begin_inset Graphics
18542 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18547 rotateOrigin center
18554 \begin_layout Standard
18555 \begin_inset Caption
18557 \begin_layout Standard
18558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18560 name "cap:Platypus"
18564 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
18577 \begin_layout Standard
18578 \begin_inset Float figure
18583 \begin_layout Standard
18584 \begin_inset Caption
18586 \begin_layout Standard
18587 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18602 \begin_layout Standard
18604 \begin_inset Graphics
18605 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
18610 rotateOrigin center
18622 \begin_layout Standard
18623 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
18625 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
18627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18629 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18633 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
18635 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18638 and refer to it using the menu
18640 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18644 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
18646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18653 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
18655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18665 \begin_layout Standard
18666 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
18667 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
18668 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
18674 in the appearing dialog, use the option
18678 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
18679 Figure\InsetSpace ~
18681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18683 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
18687 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
18688 You can also set the images one below the other.
18691 \begin_layout Standard
18692 \begin_inset Float figure
18697 \begin_layout Standard
18701 \begin_inset Graphics
18702 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
18707 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
18714 \begin_inset Graphics
18715 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18721 subcaptionText "Platypus"
18730 \begin_layout Standard
18731 \begin_inset Caption
18733 \begin_layout Standard
18734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18736 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
18740 Two distorted images.
18753 \begin_layout Standard
18754 Note that the caption is added to the
18760 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
18762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18764 reference "sec:ListsOf"
18771 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18776 \begin_layout Standard
18777 Floats ! Table floats
18783 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18785 name "sec:Table-Floats"
18792 \begin_layout Standard
18793 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
18795 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18796 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18800 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
18804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18806 reference "cap:Table-float"
18810 is an example of a table float.
18813 \begin_layout Standard
18814 \begin_inset Float table
18819 \begin_layout Standard
18820 \begin_inset Caption
18822 \begin_layout Standard
18823 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18825 name "cap:Table-float"
18837 \begin_layout Standard
18839 \begin_inset Tabular
18840 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
18842 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18843 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18844 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
18845 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18849 \begin_layout Standard
18864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18867 \begin_layout Standard
18882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18885 \begin_layout Standard
18901 <row topline="true">
18902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18905 \begin_layout Standard
18920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18923 \begin_layout Standard
18938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18941 \begin_layout Standard
18957 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18961 \begin_layout Standard
18971 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
18979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18982 \begin_layout Standard
18992 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18994 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19005 \begin_layout Standard
19015 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19036 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19041 \begin_layout Standard
19042 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19050 \begin_layout Standard
19051 This float type is inserted with the menu
19053 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19054 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19058 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19059 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19063 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
19065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19067 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19074 \begin_layout Standard
19075 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19078 \begin_layout Standard
19083 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19089 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19092 \begin_layout Standard
19097 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
19101 \begin_layout Standard
19102 to the document preamble (menu
19104 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19128 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19133 \begin_layout Standard
19134 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19140 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19142 name "sec:floatflt"
19149 \begin_layout Standard
19150 This float type is used if you want to
19151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19158 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19160 It can be inserted using the menu
19161 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19168 \begin_layout Standard
19169 \begin_inset Graphics
19170 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19175 rotateOrigin center
19182 \begin_layout Standard
19183 \begin_inset Caption
19185 \begin_layout Standard
19186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19188 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19192 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
19194 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19209 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19210 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19215 if the LaTeX-package
19223 \begin_layout Standard
19224 LaTeX-packages ! floatflt
19233 \begin_layout Standard
19234 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19244 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19246 Figure\InsetSpace ~
19248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19250 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19254 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
19255 wrap float with a width of 40
19256 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
19263 \begin_layout Standard
19264 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
19266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19268 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19277 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19281 \begin_layout Standard
19286 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
19287 If you need this, read the documentation of
19292 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
19301 \begin_layout Standard
19302 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19305 \begin_layout Standard
19311 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
19312 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
19313 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19314 over some other text.
19318 \begin_layout Standard
19319 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
19327 \begin_layout Standard
19328 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19337 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
19350 \begin_layout Itemize
19351 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19352 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19353 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19354 breaks will appear.
19357 \begin_layout Itemize
19358 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19359 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19362 \begin_layout Itemize
19363 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19364 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19367 \begin_layout Itemize
19368 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19371 \begin_layout Subsection
19373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19375 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19383 \begin_layout Standard
19392 \begin_layout Standard
19393 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19394 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19397 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
19403 \begin_layout Standard
19404 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
19405 a two-column document).
19406 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19407 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19414 \begin_layout Standard
19415 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19416 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
19418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19420 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
19424 is an example of a rotated table float.
19427 \begin_layout Standard
19428 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19431 \begin_layout Standard
19436 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
19444 \begin_layout Standard
19445 \begin_inset Float table
19450 \begin_layout Standard
19451 \begin_inset Caption
19453 \begin_layout Standard
19454 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19456 name "cap:Rotated-table"
19468 \begin_layout Standard
19470 \begin_inset Tabular
19471 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
19473 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
19474 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
19475 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
19476 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
19477 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
19478 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19482 \begin_layout Standard
19488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19491 \begin_layout Standard
19497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19500 \begin_layout Standard
19506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19509 \begin_layout Standard
19515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19518 \begin_layout Standard
19537 \begin_layout Subsection
19539 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19541 name "sub:Float-Placement"
19549 \begin_layout Standard
19558 \begin_layout Standard
19559 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
19560 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
19567 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
19568 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
19573 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
19576 is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
19578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19580 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19587 \begin_layout Standard
19588 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
19589 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
19592 default\InsetSpace ~
19598 \begin_layout Description
19601 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
19604 \begin_layout Description
19607 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
19610 \begin_layout Description
19611 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
19613 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
19616 \begin_layout Description
19619 floats: try to place the float on an own page
19622 \begin_layout Standard
19623 The order of the above option is
19628 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
19641 , and then the others.
19642 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
19644 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
19645 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
19648 \begin_layout Standard
19649 By default, each options has its own rules:
19652 \begin_layout Standard
19659 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
19660 % of the page can be placed at the top
19664 \begin_layout Standard
19667 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
19671 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
19672 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
19676 \begin_layout Standard
19683 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
19684 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
19685 can be set together on a page.
19688 \begin_layout Standard
19689 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
19692 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
19699 \begin_layout Standard
19700 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
19701 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
19702 For this case you can use the option
19708 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
19710 Because the float is then no longer able to
19711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19718 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
19721 \begin_layout Standard
19722 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
19723 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
19726 \begin_layout Standard
19727 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
19729 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
19731 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
19738 \begin_layout Section
19743 \begin_layout Standard
19750 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19752 name "sec:Minipages"
19759 \begin_layout Standard
19760 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
19762 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
19767 \begin_layout Standard
19768 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
19770 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19774 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
19775 and its alignment within the page.
19778 \begin_layout Standard
19780 \begin_inset Box Frameless
19789 height_special "totalheight"
19792 \begin_layout Standard
19795 This is a minipage.
19796 The text is set in an italic style.
19799 \begin_layout Standard
19802 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
19803 another formatting.
19811 \begin_layout Standard
19812 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19815 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
19819 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
19821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19823 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
19828 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19834 \begin_layout Standard
19835 \begin_inset Box Frameless
19844 height_special "totalheight"
19847 \begin_layout Standard
19848 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
19849 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
19857 \begin_inset Box Frameless
19866 height_special "totalheight"
19869 \begin_layout Standard
19870 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
19871 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
19879 \begin_layout Standard
19880 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
19886 \begin_layout Standard
19887 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
19888 to other box types.
19889 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
19900 \begin_layout Chapter
19901 Mathematical Formulas
19905 \begin_layout Standard
19915 \begin_layout Standard
19916 Formulas | see{Math}
19922 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19924 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
19931 \begin_layout Section
19936 \begin_layout Standard
19945 \begin_layout Standard
19946 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
19947 \begin_inset Graphics
19948 filename ../images/math-mode.png
19955 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
19957 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
19958 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
19959 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
19961 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19967 \begin_layout Standard
19968 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
19974 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
19977 \begin_layout Standard
19978 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
19979 line, like this one:
19982 \begin_layout Standard
19983 This is a line with an inline formula
19984 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
19990 \begin_layout Standard
19991 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
19993 \begin_inset Formula \[
19998 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20001 \begin_layout Standard
20002 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20018 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20019 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20023 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20031 \begin_layout Subsection
20032 Navigating in Formulas
20036 \begin_layout Standard
20045 \begin_layout Standard
20046 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20047 achieved with the arrow keys.
20048 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20049 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20054 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20055 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20059 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20063 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20065 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20073 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20078 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20079 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20082 \begin_layout Standard
20087 , printed in this document as
20088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20095 \begin_layout Standard
20113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20117 \begin_inset Note Note
20120 \begin_layout Standard
20121 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20122 space character (visible space).
20127 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20128 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20129 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20134 For example, if you want
20135 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20146 \begin_layout Standard
20173 \begin_layout Standard
20194 \begin_layout Standard
20213 , since in the latter case only the
20216 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20221 will be under the square root sign:
20222 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20228 \begin_layout Standard
20229 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20231 \begin_inset Formula \[
20232 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20235 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20239 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20240 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20243 \begin_layout Subsection
20247 \begin_layout Standard
20248 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20249 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20253 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20254 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20255 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20256 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20257 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20260 \begin_layout Subsection
20261 Exponents and Subscripts
20265 \begin_layout Standard
20275 \begin_layout Standard
20284 \begin_layout Standard
20285 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20286 way is to use a command.
20288 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20291 , type in a formula
20297 \begin_layout Standard
20321 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
20327 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
20331 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
20340 \begin_layout Standard
20360 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
20362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20369 , you have to use an extra
20373 to separate the hat and the character.
20376 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
20385 \begin_layout Standard
20405 Subscripts are similar: To get
20406 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
20415 \begin_layout Standard
20437 \begin_layout Subsection
20442 \begin_layout Standard
20451 \begin_layout Standard
20452 Create a fraction with either the command
20459 \begin_inset Graphics
20460 filename ../images/math/frac.png
20473 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
20474 The cursor is above the fraction line.
20475 To move it to the bottom, simply press
20480 To move back up, press
20485 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
20486 \begin_inset Formula \[
20487 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
20489 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
20496 \begin_layout Subsection
20501 \begin_layout Standard
20510 \begin_layout Standard
20511 Roots can be created using the
20517 \begin_inset Graphics
20518 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
20543 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
20549 produces always a square root.
20552 \begin_layout Subsection
20553 Operators with Limits
20557 \begin_layout Standard
20567 \begin_layout Standard
20574 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20576 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
20583 \begin_layout Standard
20585 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
20589 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
20592 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
20593 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
20594 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
20595 The sum operator will automatically place its
20596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20603 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
20606 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
20610 \begin_inset Formula \[
20611 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
20615 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
20619 \begin_layout Standard
20620 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
20622 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
20623 behind the operator and hitting
20629 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20630 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20631 Change\InsetSpace ~
20632 Limits\InsetSpace ~
20638 \begin_layout Standard
20639 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
20640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20647 feature as addition, such as
20651 \begin_layout Standard
20658 \begin_inset Formula \[
20659 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
20663 which will place the
20664 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
20668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20676 In inline formulas it looks like this:
20677 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
20683 \begin_layout Standard
20684 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
20691 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
20693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20695 reference "sub:Functions"
20699 for an explanation of function macros.
20702 \begin_layout Subsection
20707 \begin_layout Standard
20716 \begin_layout Standard
20717 Most math symbols can be found in the
20722 under one of several categories; including
20739 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
20743 \begin_layout Standard
20744 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
20745 you don't have to use the
20750 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
20751 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
20754 \begin_layout Subsection
20759 \begin_layout Standard
20766 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20768 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
20775 \begin_layout Standard
20776 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
20788 \begin_inset Graphics
20789 filename ../images/math/space.png
20796 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
20797 Here a example for the sequence
20802 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
20806 \begin_inset Graphics
20807 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
20814 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
20815 the space marker and hit space again several times.
20816 With every space hit the size will be changed.
20817 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
20822 \begin_layout Standard
20832 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
20838 \begin_layout Standard
20848 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
20854 \begin_layout Subsection
20859 \begin_layout Standard
20866 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20868 name "sub:Functions"
20875 \begin_layout Standard
20881 contains under the button
20882 \begin_inset Graphics
20883 filename ../images/math/functions.png
20889 a number of functions, such as
20890 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
20894 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
20902 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
20909 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
20910 avoid confusions, because
20911 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
20915 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
20921 \begin_layout Standard
20922 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
20924 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
20928 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
20934 \begin_layout Standard
20935 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
20936 that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
20938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20940 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
20947 \begin_layout Subsection
20952 \begin_layout Standard
20961 \begin_layout Standard
20962 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
20964 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
20965 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
20967 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
20970 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
20971 Our example is entered by typing
20979 \begin_layout Standard
21001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21003 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21007 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21010 \begin_layout Standard
21011 \begin_inset Float table
21016 \begin_layout Standard
21017 \begin_inset Caption
21019 \begin_layout Standard
21020 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21022 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21026 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21034 \begin_layout Standard
21036 \begin_inset Tabular
21037 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21039 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
21040 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
21041 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21042 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21046 \begin_layout Standard
21052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21055 \begin_layout Standard
21061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21064 \begin_layout Standard
21080 <row topline="true">
21081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21084 \begin_layout Standard
21099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21102 \begin_layout Standard
21112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21115 \begin_layout Standard
21125 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21134 <row topline="true">
21135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21138 \begin_layout Standard
21153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21156 \begin_layout Standard
21166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21169 \begin_layout Standard
21179 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21188 <row topline="true">
21189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21192 \begin_layout Standard
21207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21210 \begin_layout Standard
21220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21223 \begin_layout Standard
21233 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21242 <row topline="true">
21243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21246 \begin_layout Standard
21261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21264 \begin_layout Standard
21274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21277 \begin_layout Standard
21287 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21296 <row topline="true">
21297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21300 \begin_layout Standard
21315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21318 \begin_layout Standard
21328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21331 \begin_layout Standard
21341 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
21350 <row topline="true">
21351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21354 \begin_layout Standard
21369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21372 \begin_layout Standard
21382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21385 \begin_layout Standard
21395 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
21404 <row topline="true">
21405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21408 \begin_layout Standard
21423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21426 \begin_layout Standard
21436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21439 \begin_layout Standard
21449 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
21458 <row topline="true">
21459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21462 \begin_layout Standard
21477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21480 \begin_layout Standard
21490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21493 \begin_layout Standard
21503 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
21512 <row topline="true">
21513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21516 \begin_layout Standard
21531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21534 \begin_layout Standard
21544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21547 \begin_layout Standard
21557 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
21566 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21570 \begin_layout Standard
21576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21579 \begin_layout Standard
21589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21592 \begin_layout Standard
21602 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
21623 \begin_layout Standard
21624 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
21630 \begin_inset Graphics
21631 filename ../images/math/hat.png
21637 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
21641 \begin_layout Section
21642 Brackets and Delimiters
21646 \begin_layout Standard
21656 \begin_layout Standard
21663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21665 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
21672 \begin_layout Standard
21673 There are several brackets available through LyX.
21674 For most purposes, using just the keys
21679 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
21680 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
21686 \begin_inset Graphics
21687 filename ../images/math/delim.png
21694 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
21696 \begin_inset Formula \[
21697 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
21699 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
21703 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
21704 \begin_inset Formula \[
21705 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
21712 \begin_layout Standard
21713 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
21714 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
21717 \begin_layout Standard
21718 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
21719 left side and right side.
21720 If you use the option
21725 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
21726 The selection will be shown below the button field.
21727 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
21728 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
21731 \begin_layout Standard
21732 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
21733 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
21734 inside the brackets.
21735 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
21740 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
21743 \begin_layout Standard
21744 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
21745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21755 \begin_layout Section
21760 \begin_layout Standard
21767 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21769 name "sec:Grouping"
21776 \begin_layout Standard
21777 You may need to group a set of symbols.
21778 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
21789 \begin_layout Standard
21790 \begin_inset Formula \[
21791 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
21798 \begin_layout Standard
21799 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
21800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21814 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
21815 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
21816 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
21819 \begin_layout Section
21820 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
21824 \begin_layout Standard
21834 \begin_layout Standard
21844 \begin_layout Standard
21845 Math ! Multi-line Equations
21853 \begin_layout Standard
21854 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
21860 \begin_inset Graphics
21861 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
21868 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
21869 Here is an example:
21870 \begin_inset Formula \[
21871 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21874 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
21878 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
21880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21882 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
21887 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
21888 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
21889 This alignment is set in the box
21894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21942 for every column as default.
21943 For example, the sequence
21944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21955 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
21956 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
21957 corresponds to the relevant column.
21958 The result will look like this:
21959 \begin_inset Formula \[
21961 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
21962 column & has & has\, right\\
21963 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
21970 \begin_layout Standard
21971 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
21975 while the cursor is in the matrix.
21976 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
21978 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21984 \begin_layout Standard
21985 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
21986 It can be created with the menu
21988 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21989 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22001 \begin_inset Formula \[
22005 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22012 \begin_layout Standard
22013 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22016 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22024 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22033 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22041 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22042 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22043 A new row is created by every further hit of
22051 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22052 Here is an example:
22053 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22054 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22055 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22059 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22060 where you want to start the shift and hit
22065 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22066 position to the next column.
22067 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22068 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22069 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22070 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22077 \begin_layout Standard
22078 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22085 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22086 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22089 reference "eq:asquared"
22094 The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
22096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22098 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22105 \begin_layout Section
22106 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22110 \begin_layout Standard
22111 Math ! Formula numbering
22120 \begin_layout Standard
22121 Math ! Referencing formulas
22127 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22129 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22136 \begin_layout Standard
22137 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22139 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22140 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22141 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
22150 The formula number appears in LyX as
22151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22158 within parentheses.
22160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22167 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22169 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22170 the document class.
22171 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22172 separated by a dot:
22173 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22174 1+1=2\end{equation}
22183 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22184 You can only number displayed formulas.
22187 \begin_layout Standard
22188 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22190 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22191 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22192 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
22193 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
22202 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22203 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22205 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22206 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22210 To number all lines use the shortcut
22218 \begin_layout Standard
22219 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22222 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22223 A label is inserted with the menu
22225 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22228 when the cursor is in the formula.
22229 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22230 It is recommended to use the proposed
22231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22242 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22243 type when you have many labels in your document.
22244 We inserted in the following example the label
22245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22252 in the second line:
22253 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22254 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22255 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22259 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22260 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22270 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22272 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22277 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22278 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22279 as the formula number:
22282 \begin_layout Standard
22283 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22286 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22293 \begin_layout Standard
22294 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
22296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22298 reference "sec:Cross-References"
22303 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
22306 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22309 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
22313 \begin_layout Standard
22314 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
22322 \begin_layout Section
22323 User defined math macros
22327 \begin_layout Standard
22336 \begin_layout Standard
22337 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
22338 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
22339 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
22342 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
22343 \begin_inset Formula \[
22344 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
22348 The general form of its solution is:
22349 \begin_inset Formula \[
22350 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
22357 \begin_layout Standard
22358 The macro should print the parameters
22359 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
22363 \begin_inset Formula $p$
22367 \begin_inset Formula $q$
22370 like in the equation above.
22373 \begin_layout Standard
22374 A macro is created by executing the command
22377 \begin_layout Standard
22384 \begin_layout Standard
22405 \begin_layout Standard
22422 Number\InsetSpace ~
22427 \begin_layout Standard
22428 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
22429 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
22430 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
22431 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
22435 \begin_layout Standard
22436 We have three arguments and name the macro
22437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22444 , so that the command is:
22447 \begin_layout Standard
22454 \begin_layout Standard
22475 \begin_layout Standard
22495 \begin_layout Standard
22496 This results in the following macro definition box:
22497 \begin_inset Graphics
22498 filename clipart/macrobox.png
22505 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
22506 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
22507 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
22511 \begin_inset Note Note
22514 \begin_layout Standard
22515 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
22516 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
22524 \begin_layout Standard
22525 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
22526 the math panel or commands.
22527 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
22528 followed by the argument number, e.g.
22530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22539 for the first argument.
22540 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
22541 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
22542 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
22543 in LyX with its full size.
22544 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
22545 In our example we insert the sequence
22575 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
22578 \begin_layout Standard
22579 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
22580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22594 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
22597 \begin_layout Standard
22599 \begin_inset Graphics
22600 filename clipart/macrouse.png
22609 \begin_layout Standard
22610 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
22611 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
22612 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
22613 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
22614 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
22617 \begin_layout Standard
22618 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
22619 to the new definition.
22620 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
22621 \begin_inset Formula $x$
22625 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
22629 \begin_inset Formula $B$
22633 \begin_inset Formula \[
22634 \qE {x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
22641 \begin_layout Standard
22642 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
22646 \begin_layout Standard
22665 \begin_layout Standard
22688 \begin_layout Standard
22707 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
22710 \begin_layout Standard
22711 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
22712 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
22713 definition box in your document.
22714 There are also some other restrictions: The command
22716 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
22718 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
22723 \begin_layout Section
22727 \begin_layout Subsection
22732 \begin_layout Standard
22741 \begin_layout Standard
22742 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
22743 To set a font in a formula, use the
22749 \begin_inset Graphics
22750 filename ../images/math/font.png
22756 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
22758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22760 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
22767 \begin_layout Standard
22768 \begin_inset Float table
22773 \begin_layout Standard
22774 \begin_inset Caption
22776 \begin_layout Standard
22777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22779 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
22783 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
22791 \begin_layout Standard
22793 \begin_inset Tabular
22794 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
22796 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
22797 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
22798 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22802 \begin_layout Standard
22808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22811 \begin_layout Standard
22818 <row topline="true">
22819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22822 \begin_layout Standard
22829 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
22837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22840 \begin_layout Standard
22851 <row topline="true">
22852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22855 \begin_layout Standard
22856 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
22864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22867 \begin_layout Standard
22878 <row topline="true">
22879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22882 \begin_layout Standard
22883 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
22891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22894 \begin_layout Standard
22905 <row topline="true">
22906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22909 \begin_layout Standard
22916 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
22924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22927 \begin_layout Standard
22938 <row topline="true">
22939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22942 \begin_layout Standard
22943 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
22951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22954 \begin_layout Standard
22965 <row topline="true">
22966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22969 \begin_layout Standard
22970 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
22978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22981 \begin_layout Standard
22992 <row topline="true">
22993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22996 \begin_layout Standard
23004 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23015 \begin_layout Standard
23026 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
23027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23030 \begin_layout Standard
23031 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23042 \begin_layout Standard
23065 \begin_layout Standard
23066 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23069 \begin_layout Standard
23074 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23090 \begin_layout Standard
23091 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23092 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23097 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23098 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23099 Here an example where a
23100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23111 denotes the set of numbers:
23112 \begin_inset Formula \[
23113 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23120 \begin_layout Standard
23121 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23132 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23137 So better don't use this feature.
23140 \begin_layout Standard
23141 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23142 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23147 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23153 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23154 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23160 \begin_layout Standard
23167 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23170 \begin_layout Standard
23171 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23173 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23174 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23181 \begin_layout Subsection
23186 \begin_layout Standard
23195 \begin_layout Standard
23196 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23198 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23201 Normal\InsetSpace ~
23211 \begin_inset Graphics
23212 filename ../images/math/font.png
23218 (alternatively the shortcut
23224 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23225 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23226 Here is an example:
23227 \begin_inset Formula \[
23229 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23230 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23237 \begin_layout Subsection
23242 \begin_layout Standard
23251 \begin_layout Standard
23252 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23253 automatically chosen in most situations.
23271 For most characters,
23279 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23280 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23285 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23286 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23287 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23288 \begin_inset Graphics
23289 filename ../images/math/style.png
23296 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23297 For example, you can set
23298 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23301 , which is normally in
23310 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23314 The four styles are used in the following example:
23317 \begin_layout Standard
23318 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23322 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23326 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23330 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23336 \begin_layout Standard
23337 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23338 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23340 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23344 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23345 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23346 will be adjusted to correspond.
23347 As example a formula in the font size
23348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23358 \begin_layout Standard
23362 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23368 \begin_layout Section
23373 \begin_layout Standard
23383 \begin_layout Standard
23392 \begin_layout Standard
23393 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
23394 (AMS) that are in common use.
23397 \begin_layout Subsection
23398 Enabling AMS-Support
23401 \begin_layout Standard
23402 Selecting the checkbox
23411 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23418 \begin_layout Standard
23419 Document ! Settings
23429 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
23431 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
23432 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
23435 \begin_layout Subsection
23437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23439 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23447 \begin_layout Standard
23448 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23456 \begin_layout Standard
23457 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
23458 LyX allows you to choose between
23479 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
23482 \begin_layout Chapter
23486 \begin_layout Section
23491 \begin_layout Standard
23498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23500 name "sec:Cross-References"
23507 \begin_layout Standard
23508 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
23509 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
23511 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
23512 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
23513 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
23516 \begin_layout Enumerate
23520 \begin_layout Enumerate
23521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23523 name "enu:Second-item"
23530 \begin_layout Enumerate
23534 \begin_layout Standard
23535 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
23537 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23540 or the by pressing the toolbar button
23541 \begin_inset Graphics
23542 filename ../images/label-insert.png
23550 A grey label box like this:
23551 \begin_inset Graphics
23552 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
23559 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
23560 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
23562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23595 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
23596 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
23597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23611 \begin_layout Standard
23612 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
23614 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23617 or the toolbar button
23618 \begin_inset Graphics
23619 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
23627 A grey cross-reference box like this:
23628 \begin_inset Graphics
23629 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
23636 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
23638 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
23639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23651 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
23653 Here is our cross-reference:
23656 \begin_layout Standard
23659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23661 reference "enu:Second-item"
23668 \begin_layout Standard
23669 It is recommended to use a protected space
23673 \begin_layout Standard
23674 described in section\InsetSpace ~
23676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23678 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
23687 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
23691 \begin_layout Standard
23692 There are six varieties of cross-references:
23695 \begin_layout Description
23696 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
23697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23699 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
23706 \begin_layout Description
23707 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
23708 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
23710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23720 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23727 \begin_layout Description
23728 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
23730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23731 LatexCommand pageref
23732 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
23739 \begin_layout Description
23742 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
23743 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23744 LatexCommand vpageref
23745 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
23752 \begin_layout Description
23753 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
23756 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
23758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23760 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
23767 \begin_layout Description
23768 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
23769 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
23772 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23775 \begin_layout Standard
23780 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
23786 \begin_layout Standard
23787 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
23802 \begin_layout Standard
23803 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
23804 the previous, the same, or the next page.
23805 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
23808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23822 \begin_layout Standard
23823 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
23824 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
23825 The varieties are adjusted in the field
23829 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
23833 \begin_layout Standard
23834 You can only use the style
23838 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
23842 is always possible.
23845 \begin_layout Standard
23846 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
23847 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
23848 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
23849 Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
23851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23853 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23860 \begin_layout Standard
23867 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
23868 The button text changes then to
23873 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
23874 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
23875 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
23879 \begin_layout Standard
23880 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
23881 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
23882 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
23885 \begin_layout Standard
23886 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
23887 marks in the output instead of the reference.
23890 \begin_layout Standard
23891 References are described in detail in the
23898 \begin_layout Section
23899 Table of Contents and other Listings
23903 \begin_layout Standard
23913 \begin_layout Standard
23920 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23929 \begin_layout Subsection
23930 Table of Contents and Outline
23931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23933 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
23940 \begin_layout Standard
23941 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
23943 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23944 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23950 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
23951 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
23952 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
23953 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
23960 \begin_layout Standard
23961 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
23962 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
23963 in section\InsetSpace ~
23965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23967 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
23971 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
23972 Section\InsetSpace ~
23974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23976 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
23980 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
23982 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
23983 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
23984 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
23987 \begin_layout Standard
23988 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
23990 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
23992 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23998 \begin_layout Subsection
23999 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
24000 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24009 \begin_layout Standard
24010 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24011 You can insert them via the
24013 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24019 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24022 \begin_layout Section
24023 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
24027 \begin_layout Standard
24034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24043 \begin_layout Standard
24044 It is often desirable to include long
24045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24052 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
24053 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
24054 to typeset properly.
24055 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
24056 resulting in an overfull line.
24057 To avoid this, use the menu
24059 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24062 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
24065 \begin_layout Standard
24066 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
24070 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
24075 \begin_layout Standard
24076 \begin_inset Flex URL
24079 \begin_layout Standard
24097 \begin_layout Standard
24098 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24108 \begin_layout Itemize
24109 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
24110 them with a backslash before, e.g.
24112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24124 \begin_layout Itemize
24125 URLs must not end with a backslash!
24128 \begin_layout Section
24133 \begin_layout Standard
24140 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24142 name "sec:Appendices"
24149 \begin_layout Standard
24150 Appendices are created with the menu
24152 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24154 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
24158 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24159 as appendix region.
24160 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24163 \begin_layout Standard
24164 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24165 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24166 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24167 and the subsection number.
24168 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24172 \begin_layout Standard
24173 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
24175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24177 reference "cha:Credits"
24181 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
24183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24185 reference "sub:Export"
24192 \begin_layout Section
24197 \begin_layout Standard
24204 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24206 name "sec:Bibliography"
24213 \begin_layout Standard
24214 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
24215 You can include a bibliography database
24219 \begin_layout Standard
24220 Known under the name
24221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24233 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
24235 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
24239 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
24241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24243 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
24250 \begin_layout Standard
24255 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
24257 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
24266 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
24268 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
24270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24277 , a short form of its title, as key.
24280 \begin_layout Standard
24281 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
24283 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24286 or the toobar button
24287 \begin_inset Graphics
24288 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
24291 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24296 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
24297 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
24298 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
24299 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
24303 \begin_layout Standard
24304 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
24305 with surrounding brackets.
24310 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
24311 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
24313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24323 \begin_layout Standard
24326 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
24329 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24331 key "latexcompanion"
24338 \begin_layout Standard
24339 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
24340 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24349 \begin_layout Subsection
24350 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
24354 \begin_layout Standard
24355 Bibliography ! Databases
24364 \begin_layout Standard
24365 Bibliography ! BibTeX
24371 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24373 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
24380 \begin_layout Standard
24381 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
24383 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
24385 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
24386 your working field in a database.
24387 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
24388 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
24391 \begin_layout Standard
24392 The database is a text file with the file extension
24393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24404 containing the bibliography in a special format.
24405 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
24406 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24408 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
24413 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
24417 \begin_inset Flex URL
24420 \begin_layout Standard
24430 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
24437 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
24440 \begin_layout Standard
24441 To use a database, use the menu
24443 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24448 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24453 \begin_layout Standard
24472 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
24473 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
24476 \begin_layout Standard
24477 The style file is a text file with the file extension
24478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24489 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
24490 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
24491 take care of the layout.
24494 \begin_layout Standard
24495 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
24498 \begin_layout Standard
24499 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24505 \begin_layout Standard
24506 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
24508 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
24519 \begin_layout Standard
24542 \begin_layout Standard
24561 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
24569 \begin_layout Standard
24570 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24576 \begin_layout Standard
24577 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
24578 the two methods of creating them.
24579 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
24580 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
24581 We used the style file
24585 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
24588 \begin_layout Subsection
24589 Bibliography layout
24593 \begin_layout Standard
24594 Bibliography ! Layout
24602 \begin_layout Standard
24603 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
24604 For this feature you need to use the option
24610 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24617 \begin_layout Standard
24618 Document ! Settings
24628 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
24629 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
24630 in the previous section.
24633 \begin_layout Standard
24634 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
24635 in the citation reference window.
24636 Here an example where we set the text
24637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24640 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
24642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24645 to appear after the reference:
24648 \begin_layout Standard
24650 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24653 key "latexcompanion"
24660 \begin_layout Section
24665 \begin_layout Standard
24672 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24681 \begin_layout Standard
24682 An index entry is created if you use the menu
24684 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24688 or the toolbar button
24689 \begin_inset Graphics
24690 filename ../images/index-insert.png
24693 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24710 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
24711 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
24712 by LyX as index entry.
24715 \begin_layout Standard
24716 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24719 \begin_layout Standard
24724 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
24725 you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
24730 Therefore you cannot insert
24733 \begin_layout Standard
24739 \begin_layout Standard
24740 to an index entry field, because the
24741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24748 character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns, so that you will
24750 The correct entry is
24753 \begin_layout Standard
24761 \begin_layout Standard
24762 This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
24763 ways using special LaTeX commands.
24764 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
24765 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
24767 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24769 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
24776 \begin_layout Standard
24777 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
24780 \begin_layout Standard
24781 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
24783 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24786 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24791 A light blue box labeled
24792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24803 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
24804 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
24807 \begin_layout Subsection
24808 Grouping Index Entries
24812 \begin_layout Standard
24821 \begin_layout Standard
24822 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
24824 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
24825 lists under the entry
24826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24834 First we create the entry
24835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24842 in section\InsetSpace ~
24844 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24846 reference "sub:Lists"
24851 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
24853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24855 reference "sec:Itemize"
24859 , we insert the command
24862 \begin_layout Standard
24868 \begin_layout Standard
24872 \begin_layout Standard
24878 \begin_layout Standard
24879 for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
24881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24883 reference "sec:Enumerate"
24890 \begin_layout Standard
24891 The exclamation mark
24892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24899 marks the grouping levels.
24900 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
24901 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
24902 If we don't have an index entry for
24903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24910 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
24913 \begin_layout Subsection
24918 \begin_layout Standard
24919 Index ! Page ranges
24927 \begin_layout Standard
24928 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
24930 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
24931 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
24932 in section\InsetSpace ~
24934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24936 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
24943 \begin_layout Standard
24946 Paragraph environments|(
24949 \begin_layout Standard
24950 and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
24952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24954 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
24961 \begin_layout Standard
24964 Paragraph environments|)
24967 \begin_layout Standard
24969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24992 respectively starts and ends the index range.
24993 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
24994 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
24995 the pages of the indexed document parts.
24996 An example is the index entry
24997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25000 Document ! Settings
25001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25007 \begin_layout Subsection
25012 \begin_layout Standard
25013 Index ! Cross referencing
25021 \begin_layout Standard
25022 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25023 We referred for example in the index entry
25024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25031 (in section\InsetSpace ~
25033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25035 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25039 ) to the index entry
25040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25047 in the same section using the command
25050 \begin_layout Standard
25053 GIF|see{Image formats}
25056 \begin_layout Standard
25057 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25058 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25061 \begin_layout Subsection
25066 \begin_layout Standard
25067 Index ! Entry order
25075 \begin_layout Standard
25076 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25077 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25078 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25082 \begin_layout Standard
25083 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25084 section\InsetSpace ~
25086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25088 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25097 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25098 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25126 \begin_layout Standard
25127 Dummy entries ! maïs
25136 \begin_layout Standard
25137 Dummy entries ! maître
25146 \begin_layout Standard
25147 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25152 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25153 order maïs, maison, maître.
25154 To achieve this, we use the command
25157 \begin_layout Standard
25160 previous entry@current entry
25163 \begin_layout Standard
25164 In our case we want to have
25165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25180 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25183 \begin_layout Standard
25189 \begin_layout Standard
25190 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25191 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25195 \begin_layout Subsection
25200 \begin_layout Standard
25201 Index ! Entry layout
25209 \begin_layout Standard
25210 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
25211 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
25214 \begin_layout Standard
25219 textit{This is an italic entry}
25222 \begin_layout Standard
25229 produces the italic layout.
25233 \begin_layout Standard
25234 Dummy entries ! This@
25239 We refer to LaTeX books (
25240 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25242 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25246 ) for an overview of layout commands.
25247 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
25248 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
25252 \begin_layout Standard
25257 textit{This is an italic entry}
25260 \begin_layout Standard
25261 You can also format the page number using the character
25262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25269 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
25270 We can write for example
25273 \begin_layout Standard
25276 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
25279 \begin_layout Standard
25280 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
25284 \begin_layout Standard
25285 Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums
25290 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
25292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25307 command{page\InsetSpace ~
25311 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
25313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25315 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
25319 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
25322 \begin_layout Standard
25323 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
25325 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
25326 for all index entries.
25329 \begin_layout Subsection
25334 \begin_layout Standard
25341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25343 name "sub:Index-Program"
25350 \begin_layout Standard
25351 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
25356 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
25357 see section\InsetSpace ~
25359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25361 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
25366 The available options are listed and explained in
25367 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25376 \begin_layout Standard
25377 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
25385 \begin_layout Section
25386 Nomenclature / Glossary
25390 \begin_layout Standard
25400 \begin_layout Standard
25401 Glossary|see{Nomenclature}
25407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25409 name "sec:Nomenclature"
25416 \begin_layout Standard
25417 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
25418 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
25422 \begin_layout Standard
25423 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
25429 \begin_layout Standard
25430 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
25438 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25439 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25445 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25448 \begin_layout Standard
25449 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
25450 and then use the menu
25452 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25457 omenclature\InsetSpace ~
25460 or the toobar button
25461 \begin_inset Graphics
25462 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
25465 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25482 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
25485 \begin_layout Standard
25486 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
25487 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
25488 The second is the description of the symbol.
25491 \begin_layout Standard
25492 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25495 \begin_layout Standard
25500 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
25501 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
25509 \begin_layout Subsection
25510 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
25514 \begin_layout Standard
25515 Nomenclature ! Layout
25523 \begin_layout Standard
25524 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
25528 field as LaTeX-formula.
25530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25534 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25559 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
25560 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
25562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25572 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
25582 \begin_layout Standard
25583 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
25585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25587 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
25594 \begin_layout Standard
25600 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
25601 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
25602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25606 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25613 in this document is:
25617 dummy entry for the character
25639 font use the command
25668 \begin_layout Subsection
25669 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
25673 \begin_layout Standard
25674 Nomenclature ! Sort order
25682 \begin_layout Standard
25683 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
25684 the symbol definition.
25685 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
25686 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
25689 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
25690 LatexCommand nomenclature
25692 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
25699 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25703 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
25704 LatexCommand nomenclature
25707 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
25712 They will be sorted by
25713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25739 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25742 will be sorted before the
25746 since the character
25747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25754 is considered in sorting.
25757 \begin_layout Standard
25758 To control the sort order, you can edit the
25763 field of the nomenclature dialog.
25764 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
25766 For the given example, you can insert
25770 to this field for the
25771 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25778 will be located before
25779 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25785 \begin_layout Standard
25786 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
25791 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25800 \begin_layout Subsection
25801 Nomenclature Options
25805 \begin_layout Standard
25806 Nomenclature ! Options
25814 \begin_layout Standard
25819 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
25820 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
25823 \begin_layout Description
25824 refeq Appends the phrase
25825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25840 to every nomenclature entry, where
25846 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
25849 \begin_layout Description
25850 refpage Appends the phrase
25851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25866 to every nomenclature entry, where
25872 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
25875 \begin_layout Description
25876 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
25879 \begin_layout Standard
25880 There are furthermore the options
25924 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
25928 \begin_layout Standard
25929 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
25930 class options list in the
25932 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25936 In this document the options
25947 \begin_layout Standard
25948 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25954 \begin_layout Standard
25955 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
25956 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
25961 field in the nomenclature dialog:
25964 \begin_layout Description
25974 \begin_layout Description
25977 nomrefpage Like the
25984 \begin_layout Description
25987 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
25996 \begin_layout Description
25999 nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
26002 nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
26005 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26008 \begin_layout Subsection
26009 Printing the Nomenclature
26013 \begin_layout Standard
26014 Nomenclature ! Printing
26022 \begin_layout Standard
26023 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26025 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26028 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26032 A light blue box labeled
26033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26044 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26045 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26048 \begin_layout Standard
26049 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26058 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
26066 For example, in order to change the name to
26070 , add the following line to the preamble:
26073 \begin_layout Standard
26081 nomname}{List of Symbols}
26084 \begin_layout Standard
26085 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26091 \begin_layout Standard
26092 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
26093 by adding the following line to the preamble:
26096 \begin_layout Standard
26104 nomlabelwidth}{width}
26107 \begin_layout Standard
26110 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
26112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26114 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
26119 The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
26123 \begin_layout Section
26128 \begin_layout Standard
26138 \begin_layout Standard
26139 Document ! Branches
26145 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26147 name "sec:Branches"
26154 \begin_layout Standard
26155 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
26156 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
26157 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
26158 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
26161 \begin_layout Standard
26162 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
26163 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
26164 To create a branch, go in the
26166 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26174 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
26175 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
26178 \begin_layout Standard
26179 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
26180 These boxes are inserted via the menu
26182 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26185 where you can choose a branch.
26186 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
26189 \begin_layout Standard
26190 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
26191 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
26194 \begin_layout Standard
26195 \begin_inset Branch Question
26198 \begin_layout Standard
26199 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
26207 \begin_layout Standard
26208 \begin_inset Branch Answer
26211 \begin_layout Standard
26212 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
26220 \begin_layout Section
26221 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
26222 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26231 \begin_layout Subsection
26236 \begin_layout Standard
26243 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26245 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
26252 \begin_layout Standard
26253 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
26254 constructs, but not all.
26255 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
26256 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
26257 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
26258 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
26259 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
26260 and their commands.
26263 \begin_layout Standard
26264 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
26267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26274 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
26275 An ERT box is created by the menu
26277 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26280 or by the toolbar button
26281 \begin_inset Graphics
26282 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
26289 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
26302 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
26303 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
26314 \begin_layout Standard
26315 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
26316 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
26317 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
26324 , you can write the command part
26330 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
26334 in a second ERT box behind the word.
26335 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
26339 \begin_layout Standard
26340 \begin_inset Graphics
26341 filename clipart/ERT.png
26351 \begin_layout Standard
26355 \begin_layout Standard
26356 This is a line with a
26360 \begin_layout Standard
26381 \begin_layout Standard
26399 \begin_layout Standard
26400 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26403 \begin_layout Standard
26408 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
26409 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
26417 \begin_layout Subsection
26418 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
26419 \begin_inset OptArg
26422 \begin_layout Standard
26432 \begin_layout Standard
26439 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26441 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26448 \begin_layout Standard
26449 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
26450 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
26451 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
26452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26460 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
26461 every time if you know the right commands.
26463 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
26464 the end of the day.
26465 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
26466 all caption labels bold.
26467 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
26469 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
26472 \begin_layout Standard
26473 Now LaTeX comes into play.
26474 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
26475 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
26477 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26486 \begin_layout Standard
26487 As result you know that the package
26495 \begin_layout Standard
26496 LaTeX-packages ! caption
26502 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
26504 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26510 \begin_layout Standard
26515 usepackage[options]{package name}
26518 \begin_layout Standard
26519 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
26520 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
26521 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
26524 \begin_layout Standard
26525 In your case the package name is
26530 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
26535 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
26536 So you add the command
26539 \begin_layout Standard
26544 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
26547 \begin_layout Standard
26548 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
26552 \begin_layout Standard
26553 For more commands provided by the
26557 package, have a look at its documentation,
26558 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26572 \begin_layout Standard
26573 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
26575 For example if you use a
26579 class, you don't need the package
26583 , you can instead write
26586 \begin_layout Standard
26591 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
26596 \begin_layout Standard
26597 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
26598 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
26599 documentation of the document class you want to use.
26606 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
26609 \begin_layout Standard
26610 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
26611 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
26613 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
26617 \begin_layout Standard
26618 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
26620 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26622 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
26630 \begin_layout Section
26631 Previewing Snippets of your Document
26635 \begin_layout Standard
26642 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26644 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
26652 \begin_layout Standard
26661 \begin_layout Standard
26662 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
26663 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
26664 to break your train of thought with
26666 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26672 \begin_layout Standard
26673 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
26674 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
26680 \begin_layout Standard
26681 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
26688 as explained below, and turn on
26690 Instant\InsetSpace ~
26695 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26702 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26708 \begin_layout Standard
26709 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
26711 Previews of an already loaded document are
26715 generated just by selecting the
26717 Instant\InsetSpace ~
26720 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
26723 \begin_layout Standard
26724 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
26725 It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the
26730 check box in the insert dialog.
26731 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
26735 \begin_layout Standard
26736 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
26740 (on some systems named simply
26745 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26746 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26752 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26753 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
26761 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
26765 \begin_layout Standard
26766 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26772 \begin_layout Standard
26773 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
26777 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26781 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
26782 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
26784 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
26785 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
26786 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
26787 the source view window.
26790 \begin_layout Section
26792 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26794 name "sec:Spellchecking"
26802 \begin_layout Standard
26811 \begin_layout Standard
26812 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
26813 Rather it uses one of the external programs
26830 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
26836 can be seen as successor of
26840 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
26845 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
26846 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
26854 \begin_layout Standard
26855 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
26856 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
26863 \begin_layout Standard
26866 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26869 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
26870 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
26871 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
26872 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
26873 scrolled so that it is visible.
26878 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
26880 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
26884 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
26885 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
26888 \begin_layout Standard
26889 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
26892 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26896 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
26897 will bring an error message.
26898 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
26899 specifying a different
26901 Alternative language
26903 in preferences dialog.
26906 \begin_layout Standard
26907 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
26910 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
26914 \begin_layout Standard
26915 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
26916 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
26918 But you can use the
26927 \begin_layout Standard
26928 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
26929 This does work with
26933 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
26936 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
26940 \begin_layout Standard
26945 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
26948 \begin_layout Description
26949 Escape\InsetSpace ~
26950 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
26951 checker should consider, e.g.
26952 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
26953 This should not normally be needed.
26956 \begin_layout Description
26957 Personal\InsetSpace ~
26958 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
26959 choice as your personal dictionary
26962 \begin_layout Description
26963 Accept\InsetSpace ~
26964 compound\InsetSpace ~
26965 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
26967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26977 \begin_layout Description
26980 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
26982 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26989 also for the spellchecker.
26993 \begin_layout Standard
26994 The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
26996 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26998 reference "sub:Settings"
27007 Only enable this if you use
27011 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
27012 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
27013 so this is disabled by default.
27016 \begin_layout Section
27021 \begin_layout Standard
27028 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27030 name "sec:Thesaurus"
27037 \begin_layout Standard
27038 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
27041 \begin_layout Standard
27042 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
27045 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27048 or the toolbar button
27049 \begin_inset Graphics
27050 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
27053 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27054 rotateOrigin center
27059 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
27063 \begin_layout Standard
27064 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
27065 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
27066 cases to find related words.
27069 \begin_layout Standard
27070 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
27072 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
27073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27080 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
27081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27089 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
27090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27108 \begin_layout Section
27113 \begin_layout Standard
27123 \begin_layout Standard
27124 Document ! Change Tracking
27130 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27132 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
27139 \begin_layout Standard
27140 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
27141 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
27142 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
27143 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
27145 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27146 Change\InsetSpace ~
27147 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27154 \begin_layout Standard
27155 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
27164 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
27178 \begin_layout Standard
27187 \begin_layout Standard
27188 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
27192 \begin_layout Standard
27201 \begin_layout Standard
27202 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27208 \begin_layout Standard
27209 \begin_inset Graphics
27210 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
27219 \begin_layout Standard
27220 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27226 \begin_layout Standard
27227 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
27231 \begin_layout Standard
27232 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27238 \begin_layout Standard
27239 \begin_inset Tabular
27240 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
27241 <features islongtable="true">
27242 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
27243 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
27244 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27248 \begin_layout Standard
27249 \begin_inset Graphics
27250 filename ../images/changes-track.png
27253 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27254 rotateOrigin center
27263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27266 \begin_layout Standard
27269 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27270 Change\InsetSpace ~
27271 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27279 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27283 \begin_layout Standard
27284 \begin_inset Graphics
27285 filename ../images/changes-output.png
27288 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27289 rotateOrigin center
27298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27301 \begin_layout Standard
27304 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27305 Change\InsetSpace ~
27306 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27308 Changes\InsetSpace ~
27316 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27320 \begin_layout Standard
27321 \begin_inset Graphics
27322 filename ../images/change-next.png
27325 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27326 rotateOrigin center
27335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27338 \begin_layout Standard
27339 Jumps to the next change
27345 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27349 \begin_layout Standard
27350 \begin_inset Graphics
27351 filename ../images/change-accept.png
27354 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27355 rotateOrigin center
27364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27367 \begin_layout Standard
27370 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27371 Change\InsetSpace ~
27372 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27373 Accept\InsetSpace ~
27380 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27384 \begin_layout Standard
27385 \begin_inset Graphics
27386 filename ../images/change-reject.png
27389 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27390 rotateOrigin center
27399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27402 \begin_layout Standard
27405 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27406 Change\InsetSpace ~
27407 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27408 Reject\InsetSpace ~
27415 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27419 \begin_layout Standard
27420 \begin_inset Graphics
27421 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
27424 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27425 rotateOrigin center
27434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27437 \begin_layout Standard
27440 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27441 Change\InsetSpace ~
27442 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27450 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27454 \begin_layout Standard
27455 \begin_inset Graphics
27456 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
27459 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27460 rotateOrigin center
27469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27472 \begin_layout Standard
27475 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27476 Change\InsetSpace ~
27477 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27478 Accept\InsetSpace ~
27486 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27490 \begin_layout Standard
27491 \begin_inset Graphics
27492 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
27495 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27496 rotateOrigin center
27505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27508 \begin_layout Standard
27511 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27512 Change\InsetSpace ~
27513 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27514 Reject\InsetSpace ~
27522 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27526 \begin_layout Standard
27527 \begin_inset Graphics
27528 filename ../images/note-insert.png
27531 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27532 rotateOrigin center
27541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27544 \begin_layout Standard
27547 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27548 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27556 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27560 \begin_layout Standard
27561 \begin_inset Graphics
27562 filename ../images/note-next.png
27565 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27566 rotateOrigin center
27575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27578 \begin_layout Standard
27581 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27596 \begin_layout Standard
27597 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27603 \begin_layout Standard
27604 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
27605 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
27606 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
27607 the next change behind the current cursor position.
27608 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
27609 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
27610 step to the next change.
27611 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
27614 \begin_layout Standard
27615 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
27616 to describe a change.
27619 \begin_layout Standard
27620 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
27626 \begin_layout Standard
27627 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
27635 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27636 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27642 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27645 \begin_layout Section
27646 International Support
27650 \begin_layout Standard
27651 International support
27659 \begin_layout Standard
27660 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
27661 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
27662 how to set up LyX to use them:
27663 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27665 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
27672 \begin_layout Standard
27673 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section\InsetSpace ~
27675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27677 reference "sub:Special-Character"
27684 \begin_layout Subsection
27689 \begin_layout Standard
27699 \begin_layout Standard
27700 Document ! Settings
27709 \begin_layout Standard
27710 Document ! Language
27718 \begin_layout Standard
27721 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27724 dialog lets you set
27726 the language and character encoding for your language.
27730 \begin_layout Standard
27731 Choose your language in the
27735 section of this dialog.
27743 \begin_layout Standard
27748 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
27752 use language's default encoding
27754 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
27755 For details abhout the different encoding options see section\InsetSpace ~
27757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27759 reference "sub:Settings"
27766 \begin_layout Subsection
27767 Keyboard mapping configuration
27770 \begin_layout Standard
27771 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
27772 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
27773 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
27774 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
27775 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
27776 see section\InsetSpace ~
27778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27780 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
27785 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
27786 which one you want to use.
27789 \begin_layout Standard
27790 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
27791 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
27792 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
27793 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
27794 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
27795 one to support the characters you want.
27796 This and much more customizations are explained in the
27803 \begin_layout Subsection
27805 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27814 \begin_layout Standard
27817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27819 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
27828 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
27832 \begin_layout Standard
27833 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
27834 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
27842 \begin_layout Itemize
27843 Even if you have selected
27849 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27852 dialog, users who have only the
27856 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
27860 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
27861 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
27862 french quotes won't show up.
27865 \begin_layout Standard
27866 \begin_inset Float table
27871 \begin_layout Standard
27872 \begin_inset Caption
27874 \begin_layout Standard
27875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27877 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
27893 \begin_layout Standard
27895 \begin_inset Tabular
27896 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
27898 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
27899 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27900 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27901 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27902 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27903 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27904 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27905 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27906 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27907 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27908 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27909 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27910 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27911 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27912 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27913 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27914 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
27915 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
27916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27919 \begin_layout Standard
27925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27928 \begin_layout Standard
27943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27946 \begin_layout Standard
27961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27964 \begin_layout Standard
27979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27982 \begin_layout Standard
27997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28000 \begin_layout Standard
28015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28018 \begin_layout Standard
28033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28036 \begin_layout Standard
28051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28054 \begin_layout Standard
28069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28072 \begin_layout Standard
28087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28090 \begin_layout Standard
28105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28108 \begin_layout Standard
28123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28126 \begin_layout Standard
28141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28144 \begin_layout Standard
28159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28162 \begin_layout Standard
28177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28180 \begin_layout Standard
28195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28198 \begin_layout Standard
28214 <row topline="true">
28215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28218 \begin_layout Standard
28233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28236 \begin_layout Standard
28242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28245 \begin_layout Standard
28251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28254 \begin_layout Standard
28260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28263 \begin_layout Standard
28277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28280 \begin_layout Standard
28294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28297 \begin_layout Standard
28311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28314 \begin_layout Standard
28328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28331 \begin_layout Standard
28345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28348 \begin_layout Standard
28354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28357 \begin_layout Standard
28363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28366 \begin_layout Standard
28372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28375 \begin_layout Standard
28389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28392 \begin_layout Standard
28406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28409 \begin_layout Standard
28423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28426 \begin_layout Standard
28440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28443 \begin_layout Standard
28458 <row topline="true">
28459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28462 \begin_layout Standard
28477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28480 \begin_layout Standard
28486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28489 \begin_layout Standard
28495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28498 \begin_layout Standard
28512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28515 \begin_layout Standard
28529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28532 \begin_layout Standard
28546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28549 \begin_layout Standard
28563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28566 \begin_layout Standard
28580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28583 \begin_layout Standard
28597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28600 \begin_layout Standard
28606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28609 \begin_layout Standard
28615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28618 \begin_layout Standard
28632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28635 \begin_layout Standard
28649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28652 \begin_layout Standard
28666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28669 \begin_layout Standard
28683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28686 \begin_layout Standard
28700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28703 \begin_layout Standard
28718 <row topline="true">
28719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28722 \begin_layout Standard
28737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28740 \begin_layout Standard
28746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28749 \begin_layout Standard
28755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28758 \begin_layout Standard
28767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28778 \begin_layout Standard
28792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28795 \begin_layout Standard
28809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28812 \begin_layout Standard
28826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28829 \begin_layout Standard
28843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28846 \begin_layout Standard
28860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28863 \begin_layout Standard
28869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28872 \begin_layout Standard
28878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28881 \begin_layout Standard
28887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28890 \begin_layout Standard
28904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28907 \begin_layout Standard
28921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28924 \begin_layout Standard
28938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28941 \begin_layout Standard
28955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28958 \begin_layout Standard
28973 <row topline="true">
28974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28977 \begin_layout Standard
28992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28995 \begin_layout Standard
29001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29004 \begin_layout Standard
29010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29013 \begin_layout Standard
29027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29030 \begin_layout Standard
29044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29047 \begin_layout Standard
29061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29064 \begin_layout Standard
29078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29081 \begin_layout Standard
29095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29098 \begin_layout Standard
29112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29115 \begin_layout Standard
29121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29124 \begin_layout Standard
29130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29133 \begin_layout Standard
29147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29150 \begin_layout Standard
29164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29167 \begin_layout Standard
29181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29184 \begin_layout Standard
29198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29201 \begin_layout Standard
29215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29218 \begin_layout Standard
29233 <row topline="true">
29234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29237 \begin_layout Standard
29252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29255 \begin_layout Standard
29261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29264 \begin_layout Standard
29270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29273 \begin_layout Standard
29287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29290 \begin_layout Standard
29304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29307 \begin_layout Standard
29321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29324 \begin_layout Standard
29338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29341 \begin_layout Standard
29355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29358 \begin_layout Standard
29372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29375 \begin_layout Standard
29381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29384 \begin_layout Standard
29390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29393 \begin_layout Standard
29399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29402 \begin_layout Standard
29416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29419 \begin_layout Standard
29433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29436 \begin_layout Standard
29450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29453 \begin_layout Standard
29467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29470 \begin_layout Standard
29485 <row topline="true">
29486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29489 \begin_layout Standard
29504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29507 \begin_layout Standard
29513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29516 \begin_layout Standard
29522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29525 \begin_layout Standard
29539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29542 \begin_layout Standard
29556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29559 \begin_layout Standard
29573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29576 \begin_layout Standard
29590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29593 \begin_layout Standard
29607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29610 \begin_layout Standard
29624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29627 \begin_layout Standard
29633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29636 \begin_layout Standard
29642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29645 \begin_layout Standard
29651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29654 \begin_layout Standard
29668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29671 \begin_layout Standard
29685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29688 \begin_layout Standard
29702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29705 \begin_layout Standard
29719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29722 \begin_layout Standard
29737 <row topline="true">
29738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29741 \begin_layout Standard
29756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29759 \begin_layout Standard
29765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29768 \begin_layout Standard
29774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29777 \begin_layout Standard
29791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29794 \begin_layout Standard
29808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29811 \begin_layout Standard
29825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29828 \begin_layout Standard
29842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29845 \begin_layout Standard
29859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29862 \begin_layout Standard
29876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29879 \begin_layout Standard
29885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29888 \begin_layout Standard
29894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29897 \begin_layout Standard
29903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29906 \begin_layout Standard
29920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29923 \begin_layout Standard
29937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29940 \begin_layout Standard
29954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29957 \begin_layout Standard
29971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29974 \begin_layout Standard
29989 <row topline="true">
29990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29993 \begin_layout Standard
30008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30011 \begin_layout Standard
30017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30020 \begin_layout Standard
30026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30029 \begin_layout Standard
30043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30046 \begin_layout Standard
30060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30063 \begin_layout Standard
30077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30080 \begin_layout Standard
30094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30097 \begin_layout Standard
30111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30114 \begin_layout Standard
30128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30131 \begin_layout Standard
30137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30140 \begin_layout Standard
30146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30149 \begin_layout Standard
30163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30166 \begin_layout Standard
30180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30183 \begin_layout Standard
30197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30200 \begin_layout Standard
30214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30217 \begin_layout Standard
30231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30234 \begin_layout Standard
30249 <row topline="true">
30250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30253 \begin_layout Standard
30268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30271 \begin_layout Standard
30277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30280 \begin_layout Standard
30286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30289 \begin_layout Standard
30303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30306 \begin_layout Standard
30320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30323 \begin_layout Standard
30337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30340 \begin_layout Standard
30354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30357 \begin_layout Standard
30371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30374 \begin_layout Standard
30388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30391 \begin_layout Standard
30397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30400 \begin_layout Standard
30406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30409 \begin_layout Standard
30423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30426 \begin_layout Standard
30440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30443 \begin_layout Standard
30457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30460 \begin_layout Standard
30474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30477 \begin_layout Standard
30491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30494 \begin_layout Standard
30509 <row topline="true">
30510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30513 \begin_layout Standard
30528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30531 \begin_layout Standard
30537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30540 \begin_layout Standard
30546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30549 \begin_layout Standard
30563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30566 \begin_layout Standard
30580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30583 \begin_layout Standard
30597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30600 \begin_layout Standard
30614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30617 \begin_layout Standard
30631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30634 \begin_layout Standard
30648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30651 \begin_layout Standard
30657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30660 \begin_layout Standard
30666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30669 \begin_layout Standard
30683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30686 \begin_layout Standard
30700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30703 \begin_layout Standard
30717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30720 \begin_layout Standard
30734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30737 \begin_layout Standard
30751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30754 \begin_layout Standard
30769 <row topline="true">
30770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30773 \begin_layout Standard
30788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30791 \begin_layout Standard
30797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30800 \begin_layout Standard
30806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30809 \begin_layout Standard
30823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30826 \begin_layout Standard
30840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30843 \begin_layout Standard
30857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30860 \begin_layout Standard
30874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30877 \begin_layout Standard
30891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30894 \begin_layout Standard
30908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30911 \begin_layout Standard
30917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30920 \begin_layout Standard
30926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30929 \begin_layout Standard
30943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30946 \begin_layout Standard
30960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30963 \begin_layout Standard
30977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30980 \begin_layout Standard
30994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30997 \begin_layout Standard
31011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31014 \begin_layout Standard
31029 <row topline="true">
31030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31033 \begin_layout Standard
31048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31051 \begin_layout Standard
31057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31060 \begin_layout Standard
31066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31069 \begin_layout Standard
31083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31086 \begin_layout Standard
31100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31103 \begin_layout Standard
31117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31120 \begin_layout Standard
31134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31137 \begin_layout Standard
31151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31154 \begin_layout Standard
31168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31171 \begin_layout Standard
31177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31180 \begin_layout Standard
31186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31189 \begin_layout Standard
31203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31206 \begin_layout Standard
31220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31223 \begin_layout Standard
31237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31240 \begin_layout Standard
31254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31257 \begin_layout Standard
31271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31274 \begin_layout Standard
31289 <row topline="true">
31290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31293 \begin_layout Standard
31308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31311 \begin_layout Standard
31317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31320 \begin_layout Standard
31326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31329 \begin_layout Standard
31343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31346 \begin_layout Standard
31360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31363 \begin_layout Standard
31377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31380 \begin_layout Standard
31396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31399 \begin_layout Standard
31413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31416 \begin_layout Standard
31430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31433 \begin_layout Standard
31439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31442 \begin_layout Standard
31448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31451 \begin_layout Standard
31465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31468 \begin_layout Standard
31482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31485 \begin_layout Standard
31499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31502 \begin_layout Standard
31516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31519 \begin_layout Standard
31533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31536 \begin_layout Standard
31551 <row topline="true">
31552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31555 \begin_layout Standard
31570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31573 \begin_layout Standard
31579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31582 \begin_layout Standard
31588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31591 \begin_layout Standard
31605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31608 \begin_layout Standard
31622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31625 \begin_layout Standard
31639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31642 \begin_layout Standard
31656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31659 \begin_layout Standard
31673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31676 \begin_layout Standard
31690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31693 \begin_layout Standard
31699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31702 \begin_layout Standard
31708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31711 \begin_layout Standard
31717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31720 \begin_layout Standard
31734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31737 \begin_layout Standard
31751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31754 \begin_layout Standard
31768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31771 \begin_layout Standard
31785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31788 \begin_layout Standard
31803 <row topline="true">
31804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31807 \begin_layout Standard
31822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31825 \begin_layout Standard
31831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31834 \begin_layout Standard
31840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31843 \begin_layout Standard
31857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31860 \begin_layout Standard
31874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31877 \begin_layout Standard
31891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31894 \begin_layout Standard
31908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31911 \begin_layout Standard
31925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31928 \begin_layout Standard
31942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31945 \begin_layout Standard
31951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31954 \begin_layout Standard
31960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31963 \begin_layout Standard
31977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31980 \begin_layout Standard
31994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31997 \begin_layout Standard
32011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32014 \begin_layout Standard
32028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32031 \begin_layout Standard
32045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32048 \begin_layout Standard
32063 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
32064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32067 \begin_layout Standard
32082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32085 \begin_layout Standard
32091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32094 \begin_layout Standard
32100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32103 \begin_layout Standard
32117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32120 \begin_layout Standard
32134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32137 \begin_layout Standard
32151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32154 \begin_layout Standard
32168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32171 \begin_layout Standard
32185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32188 \begin_layout Standard
32194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32197 \begin_layout Standard
32203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32206 \begin_layout Standard
32212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32215 \begin_layout Standard
32229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32232 \begin_layout Standard
32246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32249 \begin_layout Standard
32263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32266 \begin_layout Standard
32280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32283 \begin_layout Standard
32297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32300 \begin_layout Standard
32327 \begin_layout Standard
32328 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
32330 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
32331 also the characters from
32343 \begin_layout Itemize
32352 \begin_layout Standard
32353 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
32358 \begin_layout Standard
32359 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
32364 \begin_layout Standard
32365 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
32370 \begin_layout Standard
32371 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
32376 \begin_layout Standard
32382 \begin_layout Standard
32388 \begin_layout Standard
32395 \begin_layout Itemize
32408 \begin_layout Standard
32414 \begin_layout Standard
32420 \begin_layout Standard
32426 \begin_layout Standard
32432 \begin_layout Standard
32438 \begin_layout Standard
32445 \begin_layout Standard
32446 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
32447 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
32448 Also make sure you're using the
32455 \begin_layout Chapter
32458 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32460 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
32467 \begin_layout Standard
32468 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
32469 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
32470 inside the user's guide.
32473 \begin_layout Section
32478 \begin_layout Standard
32487 \begin_layout Standard
32492 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
32493 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
32496 \begin_layout Subsection
32500 \begin_layout Standard
32501 Creates a new document.
32504 \begin_layout Subsection
32508 \begin_layout Standard
32509 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
32510 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
32511 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
32514 \begin_layout Subsection
32518 \begin_layout Standard
32522 \begin_layout Subsection
32526 \begin_layout Standard
32527 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
32528 Click there on a file to open it.
32531 \begin_layout Subsection
32535 \begin_layout Standard
32536 Closes the current document.
32539 \begin_layout Subsection
32543 \begin_layout Standard
32544 Saves the actual document.
32547 \begin_layout Subsection
32551 \begin_layout Standard
32552 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
32555 \begin_layout Subsection
32559 \begin_layout Standard
32560 Reloads the actual document from disk.
32563 \begin_layout Subsection
32567 \begin_layout Standard
32568 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
32569 It is described in the section
32571 Version Control in LyX
32575 Extended\InsetSpace ~
32581 \begin_layout Subsection
32585 \begin_layout Standard
32586 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
32587 text files (ASCII-files).
32588 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
32591 \begin_layout Standard
32592 When using the menu
32595 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
32598 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
32599 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
32600 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
32601 will start a new paragraph.
32604 \begin_layout Subsection
32606 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32615 \begin_layout Standard
32616 You can export your document to various file formats.
32617 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
32618 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
32619 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
32622 \begin_layout Standard
32623 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
32624 section\InsetSpace ~
32626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32628 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
32635 \begin_layout Description
32641 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
32642 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
32645 \begin_layout Description
32653 \begin_layout Description
32654 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
32658 \begin_layout Description
32661 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
32666 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
32674 \begin_layout Description
32681 \begin_layout Standard
32699 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
32700 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
32704 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
32707 \begin_layout Description
32714 \begin_layout Standard
32732 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
32733 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
32741 \begin_layout Description
32743 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
32744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32751 is replaced by the version number)
32754 \begin_layout Description
32755 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
32768 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
32772 \begin_layout Description
32777 PDF-format using the program
32782 \begin_layout Description
32788 PDF-format using the program
32793 \begin_layout Description
32799 PDF-format using the program
32804 \begin_layout Description
32813 \begin_layout Description
32820 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
32821 and then exported as text using the program
32826 \begin_layout Description
32831 PostScript format using the program
32836 \begin_layout Description
32844 \begin_layout Standard
32849 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
32850 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
32856 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
32859 \begin_layout Standard
32860 If one of the menu entries
32873 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
32874 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
32876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32878 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
32886 \begin_layout Standard
32887 Reconfiguration of LyX
32895 \begin_layout Standard
32900 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
32901 the export program.
32904 \begin_layout Subsection
32908 \begin_layout Standard
32909 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
32910 or send it to a printer.
32911 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
32912 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
32918 For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
32920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32922 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
32929 \begin_layout Subsection
32930 New and Close Window
32933 \begin_layout Standard
32934 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
32935 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
32938 \begin_layout Section
32943 \begin_layout Standard
32952 \begin_layout Subsection
32956 \begin_layout Standard
32957 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
32959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32961 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
32968 \begin_layout Subsection
32969 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
32972 \begin_layout Standard
32973 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
32975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32977 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
32984 \begin_layout Subsection
32988 \begin_layout Standard
32989 Selects the whole document.
32992 \begin_layout Subsection
32996 \begin_layout Standard
32997 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
32999 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33001 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
33008 \begin_layout Subsection
33009 Move paragraph Up/Down
33012 \begin_layout Standard
33013 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
33017 \begin_layout Subsection
33021 \begin_layout Standard
33022 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
33024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33026 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
33033 \begin_layout Subsection
33038 \begin_layout Standard
33039 Paragraph ! Settings
33047 \begin_layout Standard
33048 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
33050 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
33053 \begin_layout Standard
33054 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
33055 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
33058 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33069 \begin_layout Subsection
33073 \begin_layout Standard
33074 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
33075 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
33076 The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
33078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33080 reference "sec:Tables"
33084 , the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
33086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33088 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
33095 \begin_layout Subsection
33096 Increase / Decrease List Depth
33099 \begin_layout Standard
33100 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
33102 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
33104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33106 reference "sec:Nesting"
33111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33113 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
33120 \begin_layout Section
33125 \begin_layout Standard
33134 \begin_layout Standard
33139 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
33140 document with an external program.
33141 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
33142 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
33143 All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
33145 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33147 reference "sub:Export"
33152 You should at least see the menu entries
33162 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
33163 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
33165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33167 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
33175 \begin_layout Standard
33176 Reconfiguration of LyX
33184 \begin_layout Standard
33185 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
33186 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
33188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33190 reference "sec:File-Formats"
33195 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
33198 \begin_layout Standard
33199 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
33202 At the bottom of the
33206 menu the opened documents are listed.
33209 \begin_layout Subsection
33213 \begin_layout Standard
33214 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
33215 in section\InsetSpace ~
33217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33219 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
33226 \begin_layout Subsection
33230 \begin_layout Standard
33231 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
33232 opening a new view window.
33235 \begin_layout Subsection
33237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33239 name "sub:Toolbars"
33247 \begin_layout Standard
33256 \begin_layout Standard
33257 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
33258 All toolbars and the
33260 Command\InsetSpace ~
33263 can be turned on and off.
33268 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
33286 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
33290 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
33297 \begin_layout Standard
33302 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
33306 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
33307 or when a certain feature is enabled.
33308 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
33309 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
33310 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
33313 \begin_layout Standard
33314 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
33316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33318 reference "sec:Toolbars"
33325 \begin_layout Section
33330 \begin_layout Standard
33339 \begin_layout Subsection
33343 \begin_layout Standard
33344 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter\InsetSpace ~
33346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33348 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
33355 \begin_layout Subsection
33357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33359 name "sub:Special-Character"
33366 \begin_layout Standard
33367 Here you can insert the following characters:
33370 \begin_layout Description
33371 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
33375 \begin_layout Description
33378 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33382 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
33389 \begin_layout Description
33390 Ordinary\InsetSpace ~
33391 Quote Inserts this quote:
33392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33395 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
33397 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33407 \begin_layout Description
33408 Single\InsetSpace ~
33409 Quote Inserts this quote:
33410 \begin_inset Quotes els
33416 \begin_layout Description
33418 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33422 \begin_layout Description
33423 Phonetic\InsetSpace ~
33428 \begin_layout Standard
33438 \begin_layout Standard
33439 Language ! Phonetic symbols
33444 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
33445 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
33446 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
33454 \begin_layout Standard
33455 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
33462 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation
33466 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
33474 and this Wiki-page:
33477 \begin_inset Flex URL
33480 \begin_layout Standard
33490 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
33498 \begin_layout Subsection
33502 \begin_layout Standard
33503 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
33506 \begin_layout Description
33507 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
33508 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
33514 \begin_layout Description
33515 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
33516 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
33522 \begin_layout Description
33523 Protected\InsetSpace ~
33524 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
33526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33528 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
33535 \begin_layout Description
33536 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
33537 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
33539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33541 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
33548 \begin_layout Description
33550 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
33552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33554 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
33561 \begin_layout Description
33562 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
33563 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section\InsetSpace ~
33565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33567 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
33574 \begin_layout Description
33575 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
33576 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section\InsetSpace ~
33578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33580 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
33587 \begin_layout Description
33588 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
33589 Space Inserts vertical space, see section\InsetSpace ~
33591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33593 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
33600 \begin_layout Description
33601 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
33602 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section\InsetSpace ~
33604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33606 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
33613 \begin_layout Description
33614 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
33615 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section\InsetSpace ~
33617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33619 reference "sub:Ligatures"
33626 \begin_layout Description
33628 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section\InsetSpace ~
33630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33632 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
33639 \begin_layout Description
33641 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
33643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33645 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
33652 \begin_layout Description
33654 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
33656 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33658 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
33665 \begin_layout Description
33667 Double\InsetSpace ~
33668 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section\InsetSpace ~
33670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33672 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
33679 \begin_layout Subsection
33683 \begin_layout Standard
33684 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
33685 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
33686 in section\InsetSpace ~
33688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33690 reference "sec:toc"
33695 The index list is described in section\InsetSpace ~
33697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33699 reference "sec:Index"
33703 , the nomenclature in section\InsetSpace ~
33705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33707 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
33711 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section\InsetSpace ~
33713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33715 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
33722 \begin_layout Subsection
33726 \begin_layout Standard
33727 To insert floats, described in section\InsetSpace ~
33729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33731 reference "sec:Floats"
33738 \begin_layout Subsection
33742 \begin_layout Standard
33743 To insert notes, described in section\InsetSpace ~
33745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33747 reference "sec:Notes"
33754 \begin_layout Subsection
33758 \begin_layout Standard
33759 Inserts branch insets as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33763 reference "sec:Branches"
33770 \begin_layout Subsection
33775 \begin_layout Standard
33784 \begin_layout Standard
33785 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
33786 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
33797 \begin_layout Subsection
33802 \begin_layout Standard
33811 \begin_layout Standard
33812 Inserts a minipage box that is described section\InsetSpace ~
33814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33816 reference "sec:Minipages"
33821 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
33832 \begin_layout Subsection
33836 \begin_layout Standard
33837 Inserts a citation as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33841 reference "sec:Bibliography"
33848 \begin_layout Subsection
33852 \begin_layout Standard
33853 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33857 reference "sec:Cross-References"
33864 \begin_layout Subsection
33868 \begin_layout Standard
33869 Inserts a label as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33873 reference "sec:Cross-References"
33880 \begin_layout Subsection
33885 \begin_layout Standard
33895 \begin_layout Standard
33896 Longtables ! Caption
33904 \begin_layout Standard
33905 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
33906 Floats are described in section\InsetSpace ~
33908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33910 reference "sec:Floats"
33914 , cations in longtables are described in section
33925 \begin_layout Subsection
33929 \begin_layout Standard
33930 Inserts an index entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33934 reference "sec:Index"
33941 \begin_layout Subsection
33945 \begin_layout Standard
33946 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33950 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
33957 \begin_layout Subsection
33961 \begin_layout Standard
33963 Tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
33965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33967 reference "sec:Tables"
33974 \begin_layout Subsection
33978 \begin_layout Standard
33980 Graphics are described in section\InsetSpace ~
33982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33984 reference "sec:Graphics"
33991 \begin_layout Subsection
33995 \begin_layout Standard
33996 Inserts an URL box as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34000 reference "sec:URL"
34007 \begin_layout Subsection
34011 \begin_layout Standard
34012 Inserts a footnote, see section\InsetSpace ~
34014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34016 reference "sec:Footnotes"
34023 \begin_layout Subsection
34027 \begin_layout Standard
34028 Inserts a marginal note, see section\InsetSpace ~
34030 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34032 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
34039 \begin_layout Subsection
34043 \begin_layout Standard
34044 Inserts a short title, see section\InsetSpace ~
34046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34048 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
34055 \begin_layout Subsection
34059 \begin_layout Standard
34060 Inserts an ERT box, see section\InsetSpace ~
34062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34064 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
34071 \begin_layout Subsection
34076 \begin_layout Standard
34085 \begin_layout Standard
34086 Inserts a program listings box.
34087 Program listings are explained in chapter
34089 Program Code Listings
34098 \begin_layout Subsection
34102 \begin_layout Standard
34103 Inserts the actual date.
34104 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
34106 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
34116 There the different methods are also compared.
34119 \begin_layout Section
34124 \begin_layout Standard
34133 \begin_layout Standard
34134 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
34135 the current document.
34136 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
34139 \begin_layout Standard
34140 The Navigate menu also offers to
34143 \begin_layout Subsection
34147 \begin_layout Standard
34148 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
34149 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
34151 between section\InsetSpace ~
34153 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
34154 2.5 and use the menu
34158 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
34162 Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
34166 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
34170 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
34182 \begin_layout Standard
34183 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
34184 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
34187 \begin_layout Subsection
34188 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
34191 \begin_layout Standard
34192 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
34196 \begin_layout Subsection
34200 \begin_layout Standard
34201 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
34202 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
34203 on a cross-reference box.
34206 \begin_layout Section
34211 \begin_layout Standard
34220 \begin_layout Subsection
34224 \begin_layout Standard
34225 Change Tracking is described in section\InsetSpace ~
34227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34229 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
34236 \begin_layout Subsection
34241 \begin_layout Standard
34259 \begin_layout Standard
34260 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
34262 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
34265 \begin_layout Standard
34266 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
34271 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
34274 \begin_layout Subsection
34278 \begin_layout Standard
34279 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
34281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34283 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
34290 \begin_layout Subsection
34291 Start Appendix Here
34294 \begin_layout Standard
34295 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
34296 position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
34298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34300 reference "sec:Appendices"
34307 \begin_layout Subsection
34311 \begin_layout Standard
34312 Un/compresses the actual document.
34315 \begin_layout Subsection
34317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34319 name "sub:Settings"
34327 \begin_layout Standard
34328 Document ! Settings
34336 \begin_layout Standard
34337 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
34339 You can save your document settings as default with the
34341 Save as Document Defaults
34343 button in the dialog.
34344 This will create a template named
34348 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
34352 \begin_layout Standard
34353 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
34356 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34360 \begin_layout Standard
34361 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
34362 Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
34364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34366 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
34371 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
34376 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
34377 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
34380 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34384 \begin_layout Standard
34385 The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
34387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34389 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
34396 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34400 \begin_layout Standard
34401 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
34403 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
34407 \begin_layout Standard
34408 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
34409 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
34410 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
34413 \begin_layout Standard
34414 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
34422 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34426 \begin_layout Standard
34427 A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
34429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34431 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
34436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34438 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
34445 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34449 \begin_layout Standard
34450 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
34452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34454 reference "sub:Margins"
34461 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34466 \begin_layout Standard
34467 Language ! Encoding
34475 \begin_layout Standard
34476 The document language and quote styles are set here.
34477 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
34478 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
34479 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
34480 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
34481 known for a particular character).
34485 \begin_layout Standard
34486 The known commands are defined in a text file.
34487 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
34492 manual for details.
34500 \begin_layout Standard
34501 If you use the option
34503 use language's default encoding
34505 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
34507 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
34508 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
34509 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
34510 exactly one encoding.
34511 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
34519 \begin_layout Standard
34520 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
34521 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
34523 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
34524 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34538 \begin_layout Standard
34539 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
34540 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
34541 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
34542 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
34543 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
34544 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
34547 use language's default encoding
34549 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
34550 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
34551 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
34554 \begin_layout Standard
34555 Here is a list with the important encodings:
34558 \begin_layout Description
34562 use language's default encoding
34564 , but the LaTeX-package
34572 \begin_layout Standard
34573 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
34579 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
34582 \begin_layout Description
34583 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
34586 \begin_layout Description
34587 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
34588 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
34591 \begin_layout Description
34592 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
34595 \begin_layout Description
34596 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
34599 \begin_layout Description
34600 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
34603 \begin_layout Description
34604 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
34607 \begin_layout Description
34608 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
34611 \begin_layout Description
34612 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
34613 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
34616 \begin_layout Description
34617 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
34618 Serbian, and Ukrainian
34621 \begin_layout Description
34622 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
34625 \begin_layout Description
34626 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
34629 \begin_layout Description
34630 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
34633 \begin_layout Description
34634 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
34637 \begin_layout Description
34638 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
34639 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
34640 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
34644 \begin_layout Description
34645 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
34646 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
34649 \begin_layout Description
34650 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
34654 \begin_layout Description
34655 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
34658 \begin_layout Description
34659 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
34660 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
34663 \begin_layout Description
34664 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
34665 the euro currency sign, the
34669 \begin_layout Standard
34686 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
34687 be the replacement for latin1
34690 \begin_layout Description
34691 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
34694 \begin_layout Description
34695 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
34703 \begin_layout Standard
34704 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
34709 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
34712 \begin_layout Description
34713 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
34717 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
34720 \begin_layout Description
34721 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
34729 \begin_layout Standard
34730 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
34735 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
34738 \begin_layout Description
34739 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
34743 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
34751 \begin_layout Standard
34752 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
34753 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34767 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34771 \begin_layout Standard
34772 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
34773 in section\InsetSpace ~
34775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34777 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34784 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34788 \begin_layout Standard
34789 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
34795 \begin_layout Standard
34796 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
34811 \begin_layout Standard
34812 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
34818 For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
34820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34822 reference "sec:Bibliography"
34829 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34833 \begin_layout Standard
34834 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
34840 \begin_layout Standard
34841 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
34854 \begin_layout Standard
34855 LaTeX-packages ! esint
34862 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
34865 \begin_layout Standard
34870 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
34871 assure that you have enabled AMS.
34874 \begin_layout Standard
34879 is used for special integral characters.
34882 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34886 \begin_layout Standard
34887 The float placement options are described in section
34888 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
34892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34894 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
34901 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34905 \begin_layout Standard
34906 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
34907 The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
34909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34911 reference "sec:Itemize"
34918 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34922 \begin_layout Standard
34923 Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
34925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34927 reference "sec:Branches"
34934 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34939 \begin_layout Standard
34957 \begin_layout Standard
34958 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
34959 to define LaTeX-commands.
34960 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
34961 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
34965 \begin_layout Standard
34966 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
34968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34970 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
34977 \begin_layout Section
34982 \begin_layout Standard
34991 \begin_layout Subsection
34995 \begin_layout Standard
34996 Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
34998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35000 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
35007 \begin_layout Subsection
35011 \begin_layout Standard
35012 The thesaurus is described in section\InsetSpace ~
35014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35016 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
35023 \begin_layout Subsection
35028 \begin_layout Standard
35037 \begin_layout Standard
35038 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
35042 \begin_layout Subsection
35047 \begin_layout Standard
35066 \begin_layout Standard
35075 \begin_layout Standard
35076 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
35079 \begin_layout Subsection
35084 \begin_layout Standard
35085 Reconfiguration of LyX
35094 \begin_layout Standard
35095 LyX ! Reconfigure|see{Reconfiguration of LyX}
35103 \begin_layout Standard
35104 This menu reconfigures LyX.
35105 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
35107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35109 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35116 \begin_layout Subsection
35120 \begin_layout Standard
35121 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
35122 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
35126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35128 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
35135 \begin_layout Section
35140 \begin_layout Standard
35149 \begin_layout Standard
35150 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
35154 \begin_layout Standard
35160 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
35161 found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
35163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35165 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
35172 \begin_layout Section
35174 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35176 name "sec:Toolbars"
35183 \begin_layout Standard
35184 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
35186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35188 reference "sub:Toolbars"
35195 \begin_layout Standard
35196 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
35197 This is described in the
35205 \begin_layout Subsection
35210 \begin_layout Standard
35219 \begin_layout Standard
35220 \begin_inset Graphics
35221 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
35231 \begin_layout Standard
35232 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
35238 \begin_layout Standard
35239 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
35244 \begin_layout Standard
35264 \begin_inset Note Note
35267 \begin_layout Standard
35268 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
35273 manual for more information.
35281 \begin_layout Standard
35282 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
35288 \begin_layout Standard
35289 \begin_inset Tabular
35290 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
35291 <features islongtable="true">
35292 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
35293 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
35295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35298 \begin_layout Standard
35299 \begin_inset Graphics
35300 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
35312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35315 \begin_layout Standard
35316 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
35329 \begin_layout Standard
35330 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
35336 \begin_layout Standard
35338 \begin_inset Tabular
35339 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
35340 <features islongtable="true">
35341 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
35342 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
35343 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35347 \begin_layout Standard
35350 \begin_inset Graphics
35351 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
35354 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35366 \begin_layout Standard
35369 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35376 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35380 \begin_layout Standard
35381 \begin_inset Graphics
35382 filename ../images/file-open.png
35385 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35397 \begin_layout Standard
35400 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35407 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35411 \begin_layout Standard
35412 \begin_inset Graphics
35413 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
35416 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35428 \begin_layout Standard
35431 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35438 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35442 \begin_layout Standard
35443 \begin_inset Graphics
35444 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
35447 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
35456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35459 \begin_layout Standard
35462 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35469 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35473 \begin_layout Standard
35474 \begin_inset Graphics
35475 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
35478 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35490 \begin_layout Standard
35493 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35500 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35504 \begin_layout Standard
35505 \begin_inset Graphics
35506 filename ../images/undo.png
35509 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35521 \begin_layout Standard
35524 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35531 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35535 \begin_layout Standard
35536 \begin_inset Graphics
35537 filename ../images/redo.png
35540 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35552 \begin_layout Standard
35555 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35562 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35566 \begin_layout Standard
35567 \begin_inset Graphics
35568 filename ../images/cut.png
35571 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35583 \begin_layout Standard
35586 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35593 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35597 \begin_layout Standard
35598 \begin_inset Graphics
35599 filename ../images/copy.png
35602 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35614 \begin_layout Standard
35617 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35624 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35628 \begin_layout Standard
35629 \begin_inset Graphics
35630 filename ../images/paste.png
35633 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35645 \begin_layout Standard
35648 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35655 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35659 \begin_layout Standard
35660 \begin_inset Graphics
35661 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
35664 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35665 rotateOrigin center
35674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35677 \begin_layout Standard
35680 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35681 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35682 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35689 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35693 \begin_layout Standard
35694 \begin_inset Graphics
35695 filename ../images/font-emph.png
35698 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35710 \begin_layout Standard
35711 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
35713 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35723 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35727 \begin_layout Standard
35728 \begin_inset Graphics
35729 filename ../images/font-noun.png
35732 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35744 \begin_layout Standard
35745 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
35747 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35757 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35761 \begin_layout Standard
35762 \begin_inset Graphics
35763 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
35766 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35778 \begin_layout Standard
35779 Formats text using the current settings in the
35781 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35791 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35795 \begin_layout Standard
35796 \begin_inset Graphics
35797 filename ../images/math-mode.png
35800 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35812 \begin_layout Standard
35815 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35816 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35817 Inline\InsetSpace ~
35824 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35828 \begin_layout Standard
35829 \begin_inset Graphics
35830 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
35833 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35834 rotateOrigin center
35843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35846 \begin_layout Standard
35849 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35856 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35860 \begin_layout Standard
35861 \begin_inset Graphics
35862 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
35865 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35866 rotateOrigin center
35875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35878 \begin_layout Standard
35881 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35888 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35892 \begin_layout Standard
35893 \begin_inset Graphics
35894 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
35897 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35898 rotateOrigin center
35907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35910 \begin_layout Standard
35911 Toggle outline window on/off,
35913 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35920 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35924 \begin_layout Standard
35925 \begin_inset Graphics
35926 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
35929 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35930 rotateOrigin center
35939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35942 \begin_layout Standard
35943 Toggle math toolbar on/off
35949 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35953 \begin_layout Standard
35954 \begin_inset Graphics
35955 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
35958 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35959 rotateOrigin center
35968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35971 \begin_layout Standard
35972 Toggle table toolbar on/off
35985 \begin_layout Subsection
35990 \begin_layout Standard
35999 \begin_layout Standard
36000 \begin_inset Graphics
36001 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
36011 \begin_layout Standard
36012 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36018 \begin_layout Standard
36019 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36023 \begin_layout Standard
36024 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36030 \begin_layout Standard
36031 \begin_inset Tabular
36032 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="23" columns="2">
36033 <features islongtable="true">
36034 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36035 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36036 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36040 \begin_layout Standard
36041 \begin_inset Graphics
36042 filename ../images/layout.png
36045 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36046 rotateOrigin center
36055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36058 \begin_layout Standard
36065 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36069 \begin_layout Standard
36070 \begin_inset Graphics
36071 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
36074 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36075 rotateOrigin center
36084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36087 \begin_layout Standard
36094 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36098 \begin_layout Standard
36099 \begin_inset Graphics
36100 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
36103 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36104 rotateOrigin center
36113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36116 \begin_layout Standard
36123 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36127 \begin_layout Standard
36128 \begin_inset Graphics
36129 filename ../images/layout_List.png
36132 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36133 rotateOrigin center
36142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36145 \begin_layout Standard
36152 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36156 \begin_layout Standard
36157 \begin_inset Graphics
36158 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
36161 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36162 rotateOrigin center
36171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36174 \begin_layout Standard
36181 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36185 \begin_layout Standard
36186 \begin_inset Graphics
36187 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
36190 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36191 rotateOrigin center
36200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36203 \begin_layout Standard
36206 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36207 Increase\InsetSpace ~
36215 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36219 \begin_layout Standard
36220 \begin_inset Graphics
36221 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
36224 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36225 rotateOrigin center
36234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36237 \begin_layout Standard
36240 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36241 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
36249 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36253 \begin_layout Standard
36254 \begin_inset Graphics
36255 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
36258 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36270 \begin_layout Standard
36273 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36274 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36281 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36285 \begin_layout Standard
36286 \begin_inset Graphics
36287 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
36290 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36302 \begin_layout Standard
36305 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36306 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36313 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36317 \begin_layout Standard
36318 \begin_inset Graphics
36319 filename ../images/label-insert.png
36322 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36334 \begin_layout Standard
36337 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36344 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36348 \begin_layout Standard
36349 \begin_inset Graphics
36350 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
36353 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36365 \begin_layout Standard
36368 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36375 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36379 \begin_layout Standard
36380 \begin_inset Graphics
36381 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
36384 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36396 \begin_layout Standard
36399 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36406 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36410 \begin_layout Standard
36411 \begin_inset Graphics
36412 filename ../images/index-insert.png
36415 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36427 \begin_layout Standard
36430 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36438 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36442 \begin_layout Standard
36443 \begin_inset Graphics
36444 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
36447 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36459 \begin_layout Standard
36462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36463 Nomenclature\InsetSpace ~
36470 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36474 \begin_layout Standard
36475 \begin_inset Graphics
36476 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
36479 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36491 \begin_layout Standard
36494 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36501 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36505 \begin_layout Standard
36506 \begin_inset Graphics
36507 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
36510 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36511 rotateOrigin center
36520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36523 \begin_layout Standard
36526 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36527 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
36534 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36538 \begin_layout Standard
36539 \begin_inset Graphics
36540 filename ../images/note-insert.png
36543 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36555 \begin_layout Standard
36558 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36559 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36567 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36571 \begin_layout Standard
36572 \begin_inset Graphics
36573 filename D:/LyXSVN/lyx-devel/lib/images/href-insert.png
36576 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36588 \begin_layout Standard
36591 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36598 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36602 \begin_layout Standard
36603 \begin_inset Graphics
36604 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
36607 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36619 \begin_layout Standard
36622 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36629 \begin_layout Standard
36652 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36656 \begin_layout Standard
36657 \begin_inset Graphics
36658 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
36661 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36673 \begin_layout Standard
36676 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36677 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36685 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36689 \begin_layout Standard
36690 \begin_inset Graphics
36691 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
36694 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36695 rotateOrigin center
36704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36707 \begin_layout Standard
36710 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36718 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36722 \begin_layout Standard
36723 \begin_inset Graphics
36724 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
36727 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36728 rotateOrigin center
36737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36740 \begin_layout Standard
36743 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36744 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
36751 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36755 \begin_layout Standard
36756 \begin_inset Graphics
36757 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
36760 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36761 rotateOrigin center
36770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36773 \begin_layout Standard
36776 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36790 \begin_layout Subsection
36791 View / Update Toolbar
36795 \begin_layout Standard
36796 Toolbar ! View / Update
36804 \begin_layout Standard
36805 \begin_inset Graphics
36806 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
36815 \begin_layout Standard
36816 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36822 \begin_layout Standard
36823 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
36827 \begin_layout Standard
36828 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36834 \begin_layout Standard
36835 \begin_inset Tabular
36836 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
36837 <features islongtable="true">
36838 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36839 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36840 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36844 \begin_layout Standard
36845 \begin_inset Graphics
36846 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
36849 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36850 rotateOrigin center
36859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36862 \begin_layout Standard
36865 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36872 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36876 \begin_layout Standard
36877 \begin_inset Graphics
36878 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
36881 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36882 rotateOrigin center
36891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36894 \begin_layout Standard
36897 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36898 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36905 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36909 \begin_layout Standard
36910 \begin_inset Graphics
36911 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
36914 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36915 rotateOrigin center
36924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36927 \begin_layout Standard
36930 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36937 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36941 \begin_layout Standard
36942 \begin_inset Graphics
36943 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
36946 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36947 rotateOrigin center
36956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36959 \begin_layout Standard
36962 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36963 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36968 \begin_layout Standard
36969 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
36970 functionality is merged with
36972 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36987 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36991 \begin_layout Standard
36992 \begin_inset Graphics
36993 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
36996 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36997 rotateOrigin center
37006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37009 \begin_layout Standard
37012 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37019 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37023 \begin_layout Standard
37024 \begin_inset Graphics
37025 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
37028 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37029 rotateOrigin center
37038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37041 \begin_layout Standard
37044 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37045 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37059 \begin_layout Subsection
37063 \begin_layout Standard
37064 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
37066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37068 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
37072 , the table toolbar
37076 \begin_layout Standard
37082 is explained in the
37089 \begin_layout Chapter
37095 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37097 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37105 \begin_layout Standard
37114 \begin_layout Standard
37115 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37117 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
37120 \begin_layout Section
37124 \begin_layout Subsection
37126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37136 \begin_layout Standard
37137 Customization ! of toolbars
37146 \begin_layout Standard
37147 Customization ! of menus
37155 \begin_layout Standard
37156 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37159 \begin_layout Standard
37164 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
37172 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37173 User Interface File
37177 \begin_layout Standard
37178 Customization ! of toolbars
37187 \begin_layout Standard
37188 Customization ! of menus
37196 \begin_layout Standard
37197 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
37198 interface (ui) file.
37199 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
37200 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
37209 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
37210 files and edit the entries.
37213 \begin_layout Standard
37214 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
37226 entries must be ended with an explicit
37251 and in the case of the
37252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37264 The syntax for the entries is:
37267 \begin_layout Standard
37268 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
37274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37296 \begin_layout Standard
37298 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
37301 All LyX-functions are listed in
37302 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37311 \begin_layout Standard
37312 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
37318 \begin_layout Standard
37319 An example: Assuming you use the menu
37321 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37324 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
37328 \begin_layout Standard
37329 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
37334 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
37337 \begin_layout Standard
37339 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
37342 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
37345 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37350 \begin_layout Standard
37359 \begin_layout Standard
37360 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
37361 Several binding files are available:
37364 \begin_layout Description
37365 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
37368 \begin_layout Description
37369 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
37380 \begin_layout Description
37381 mac.bind set of bindings for
37383 Mac\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37389 \begin_layout Standard
37390 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
37394 , and bind files for special languages.
37395 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
37397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37405 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
37409 \begin_layout Standard
37410 Some bind-files, like
37414 , have only a small scope.
37415 When looking at the the end of the file
37419 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
37422 \begin_layout Standard
37423 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
37424 s with a text editor.
37425 The syntax of the entries is:
37428 \begin_layout Standard
37434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37452 \begin_layout Standard
37453 All LyX-functions are listed in
37454 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37463 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37467 \begin_layout Standard
37470 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37471 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37472 restore window size, or use fixed size
37474 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
37478 \begin_layout Standard
37481 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37482 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37483 restore window position
37485 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
37488 \begin_layout Standard
37491 Restore cursor positions
37493 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
37497 \begin_layout Standard
37500 Load opened files from last session
37502 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
37505 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37509 name "sub:Backup documents"
37517 \begin_layout Standard
37526 \begin_layout Standard
37531 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
37534 \begin_layout Standard
37539 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
37542 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37549 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37553 \begin_layout Standard
37556 Cursor follows scrollbar
37558 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
37562 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37566 \begin_layout Standard
37569 Enable Pixmap Cache
37571 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
37572 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
37573 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
37574 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
37576 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac\InsetSpace ~
37581 \begin_layout Subsection
37586 \begin_layout Standard
37593 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37595 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
37602 \begin_layout Standard
37603 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
37606 \begin_layout Standard
37607 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37610 \begin_layout Standard
37615 This section only deals with the fonts
37620 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
37623 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37634 \begin_layout Standard
37635 By default, LyX uses
37639 as roman (serif) font,
37647 (depends on the system) as
37663 \begin_layout Standard
37664 You can change the font size with the
37671 \begin_layout Standard
37676 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
37677 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
37678 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37679 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37680 inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
37682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37684 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
37691 \begin_layout Standard
37696 are the same as if a document font size of 10
37697 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
37701 The sizes are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
37703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37705 reference "sub:Document-Font"
37712 \begin_layout Subsection
37717 \begin_layout Standard
37727 \begin_layout Standard
37736 \begin_layout Standard
37737 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
37738 Choose an item in the list and use the
37745 \begin_layout Subsection
37750 \begin_layout Standard
37751 Settings ! Graphics
37759 \begin_layout Standard
37760 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
37763 \begin_layout Standard
37768 enables previewing snippets of your document.
37769 This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
37771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37773 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
37780 \begin_layout Subsection
37785 \begin_layout Standard
37795 \begin_layout Standard
37796 Settings ! Keyboard Map
37802 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37804 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
37811 \begin_layout Standard
37812 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
37813 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
37814 If you have e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37816 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian
37817 one, you can use the keyboard map file named
37824 \begin_layout Standard
37825 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37828 \begin_layout Standard
37833 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
37841 \begin_layout Section
37846 \begin_layout Standard
37856 \begin_layout Standard
37857 Settings ! Directory
37865 \begin_layout Description
37866 Working\InsetSpace ~
37867 directory This is LyX's working directory.
37868 It is the default when you
37884 \begin_layout Description
37885 Document\InsetSpace ~
37886 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
37888 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37896 \begin_layout Description
37897 Backup\InsetSpace ~
37902 \begin_layout Standard
37908 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
37909 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section\InsetSpace ~
37911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37913 reference "sub:Backup documents"
37921 will be used to save the backups.
37923 The backup files have the ending
37924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37934 \begin_layout Description
37939 \begin_layout Standard
37954 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
37955 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
37958 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37961 \begin_layout Standard
37966 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
37974 \begin_layout Description
37975 Temporary\InsetSpace ~
37976 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
37979 \begin_layout Description
37981 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
37982 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
37983 to find it on the system.
37984 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
37985 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
37986 On Unix\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37987 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37988 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there
37989 are external programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system
37994 \begin_layout Section
37998 \begin_layout Standard
37999 Here you can insert your name and email address.
38000 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
38001 in section\InsetSpace ~
38003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38005 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38009 , to mark changes you make as yours.
38012 \begin_layout Section
38017 \begin_layout Standard
38018 Language ! Settings
38027 \begin_layout Standard
38028 Settings ! Language
38036 \begin_layout Subsection
38040 \begin_layout Description
38041 Default\InsetSpace ~
38042 language is the language used in new documents
38045 \begin_layout Description
38046 Language\InsetSpace ~
38047 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles
38049 The default is the LaTeX-command
38055 that loads the package
38063 \begin_layout Standard
38064 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
38066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38068 reference "sec:ERT"
38083 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
38084 the document language.
38085 A text label is for instance the word
38086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38093 at the beginning of every table-caption.
38096 \begin_layout Description
38097 Command\InsetSpace ~
38098 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain
38099 document language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
38100 An example is the start command
38106 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
38111 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38126 selectlanguage{$$lang}
38131 \begin_layout Description
38132 Command\InsetSpace ~
38138 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
38139 command toggles the package on and off.
38142 \begin_layout Description
38151 \begin_layout Description
38152 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
38153 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
38154 used by all LaTeX-packages.
38155 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
38162 \begin_layout Description
38164 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen
38166 When this option is not set, the
38168 Command\InsetSpace ~
38171 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
38172 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
38174 Command\InsetSpace ~
38180 \begin_layout Description
38188 When it is not set, the
38190 Command\InsetSpace ~
38193 is set to the end of the document.
38196 \begin_layout Description
38198 foreign\InsetSpace ~
38199 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from
38200 the document language will be underlined blue.
38203 \begin_layout Description
38207 language\InsetSpace ~
38208 support Enables the use of languages, written from right
38209 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
38212 \begin_layout Subsection
38216 \begin_layout Standard
38217 The spellchecker settings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
38219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38221 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
38228 \begin_layout Section
38232 \begin_layout Subsection
38234 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38244 \begin_layout Standard
38254 \begin_layout Standard
38263 \begin_layout Description
38264 Default\InsetSpace ~
38265 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
38266 The name will be used when the
38273 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38276 \begin_layout Standard
38281 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
38290 \begin_layout Description
38292 output\InsetSpace ~
38294 printer This option works only for the
38299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38311 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
38312 This is an option only for dvips experts.
38315 \begin_layout Description
38316 Printer\InsetSpace ~
38317 command is the command LyX\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38318 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38319 LaTeX uses for printing.
38320 The default is on most systems
38327 \begin_layout Description
38328 Printer\InsetSpace ~
38329 Command\InsetSpace ~
38330 Options Here you can specify printer options.
38331 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
38332 of the program that provides the
38339 \begin_layout Subsection
38344 \begin_layout Standard
38354 \begin_layout Standard
38355 Settings ! Date format
38363 \begin_layout Standard
38364 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
38367 \begin_inset Flex URL
38370 \begin_layout Standard
38380 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
38387 For example the format
38391 prints the date as day/month/year.
38394 \begin_layout Subsection
38398 \begin_layout Description
38399 Output\InsetSpace ~
38401 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line
38402 when using the menu
38404 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38405 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38410 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
38414 \begin_layout Description
38416 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
38421 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
38422 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
38425 \begin_layout Subsection
38430 \begin_layout Standard
38446 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38448 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
38456 \begin_layout Standard
38465 \begin_layout Description
38470 \begin_layout Standard
38486 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
38491 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
38513 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
38514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38526 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
38527 LyX sets up in the background.
38528 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
38531 \begin_layout Description
38532 Default\InsetSpace ~
38534 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
38539 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
38542 \begin_layout Description
38545 options\InsetSpace ~
38547 document\InsetSpace ~
38548 classes\InsetSpace ~
38549 changes Removes all manually set document
38550 class options in the
38552 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38555 dialog when changing the document class.
38558 \begin_layout Standard
38561 External Applications
38563 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
38564 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
38565 manuals of the applications.
38566 Currently the following commands can be set:
38569 \begin_layout Description
38574 \begin_layout Standard
38590 command Command for the program
38594 that is described in section
38605 \begin_layout Description
38610 \begin_layout Standard
38626 command Command for the program
38630 that generates the bibliography, see section\InsetSpace ~
38632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38634 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
38641 \begin_layout Description
38643 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section\InsetSpace ~
38645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38647 reference "sub:Index-Program"
38654 \begin_layout Description
38656 viewer\InsetSpace ~
38659 options They only have an effect when the program
38663 is used as DVI-viewer.
38666 \begin_layout Subsection
38671 \begin_layout Standard
38681 \begin_layout Standard
38690 \begin_layout Standard
38695 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
38698 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
38700 uses the Windows path style:
38703 \begin_layout Standard
38711 \begin_layout Standard
38712 instead of the Unix path style:
38715 \begin_layout Standard
38719 \begin_layout Section
38724 \begin_layout Standard
38733 \begin_layout Standard
38734 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
38735 from one format to another.
38736 You can modify them or create new ones.
38737 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
38751 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
38757 drop-down list, modify the
38761 field, and press the
38768 \begin_layout Standard
38771 Converter File Cache
38773 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
38776 Maximum Age (in days
38779 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
38780 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
38783 \begin_layout Standard
38784 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
38785 the converter definition, is described in section
38796 \begin_layout Section
38801 \begin_layout Standard
38808 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38810 name "sec:File-Formats"
38817 \begin_layout Standard
38818 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
38819 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
38821 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
38838 \begin_layout Standard
38839 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
38840 is described in section
38851 \begin_layout Section
38856 \begin_layout Standard
38865 \begin_layout Standard
38866 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
38867 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
38868 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
38869 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
38870 This is done by a Copier.
38873 \begin_layout Standard
38874 More about converters is described in section
38885 \begin_layout Chapter
38886 Units available in LyX
38890 \begin_layout Standard
38897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38899 name "cha:Units-available-in"
38906 \begin_layout Standard
38907 To understand the units described in this documentation,
38908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38910 reference "cap:Units"
38914 explains all units available in LyX.
38917 \begin_layout Standard
38918 \begin_inset Float table
38924 \begin_layout Standard
38925 \begin_inset Caption
38927 \begin_layout Standard
38928 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38942 \begin_layout Standard
38943 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
38949 \begin_layout Standard
38951 \begin_inset Tabular
38952 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
38954 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
38955 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
38956 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
38957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38960 \begin_layout Standard
38966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38969 \begin_layout Standard
38976 <row topline="true">
38977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38980 \begin_layout Standard
38986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38989 \begin_layout Standard
38996 <row topline="true">
38997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39000 \begin_layout Standard
39006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39009 \begin_layout Standard
39016 <row topline="true">
39017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39020 \begin_layout Standard
39026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39029 \begin_layout Standard
39036 <row topline="true">
39037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39040 \begin_layout Standard
39046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39049 \begin_layout Standard
39050 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
39051 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
39058 <row topline="true">
39059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39062 \begin_layout Standard
39068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39071 \begin_layout Standard
39072 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
39073 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
39080 <row topline="true">
39081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39084 \begin_layout Standard
39090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39093 \begin_layout Standard
39094 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
39095 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
39102 <row topline="true">
39103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39106 \begin_layout Standard
39112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39115 \begin_layout Standard
39116 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
39117 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
39124 <row topline="true">
39125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39128 \begin_layout Standard
39134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39137 \begin_layout Standard
39138 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
39140 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
39143 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
39150 <row topline="true">
39151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39154 \begin_layout Standard
39160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39163 \begin_layout Standard
39164 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
39165 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
39172 <row topline="true">
39173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39176 \begin_layout Standard
39182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39185 \begin_layout Standard
39186 % of original image width
39192 <row topline="true">
39193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39196 \begin_layout Standard
39202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39205 \begin_layout Standard
39212 <row topline="true">
39213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39216 \begin_layout Standard
39222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39225 \begin_layout Standard
39232 <row topline="true">
39233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39236 \begin_layout Standard
39242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39245 \begin_layout Standard
39252 <row topline="true">
39253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39256 \begin_layout Standard
39262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39265 \begin_layout Standard
39272 <row topline="true">
39273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39276 \begin_layout Standard
39282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39285 \begin_layout Standard
39292 <row topline="true">
39293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39296 \begin_layout Standard
39302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39305 \begin_layout Standard
39312 <row topline="true">
39313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39316 \begin_layout Standard
39322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39325 \begin_layout Standard
39336 <row topline="true">
39337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39340 \begin_layout Standard
39346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39349 \begin_layout Standard
39360 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
39361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39364 \begin_layout Standard
39370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39373 \begin_layout Standard
39374 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
39375 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
39394 \begin_layout Chapter
39396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39405 \begin_layout Standard
39406 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
39407 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
39410 \begin_layout Itemize
39413 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
39416 \begin_layout Itemize
39422 \begin_layout Itemize
39428 \begin_layout Itemize
39434 \begin_layout Itemize
39440 \begin_layout Itemize
39446 \begin_layout Itemize
39452 \begin_layout Itemize
39458 \begin_layout Itemize
39461 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
39464 \begin_layout Itemize
39470 \begin_layout Itemize
39476 \begin_layout Itemize
39482 \begin_layout Itemize
39488 \begin_layout Itemize
39494 \begin_layout Itemize
39500 \begin_layout Itemize
39506 \begin_layout Itemize
39512 \begin_layout Itemize
39514 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39523 \begin_layout Standard
39526 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
39533 \begin_layout Bibliography
39534 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39535 LatexCommand bibitem
39545 \begin_layout Standard
39557 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
39567 \begin_inset Note Note
39570 \begin_layout Standard
39577 is explained in the
39582 It creates a TOC entry.
39585 \begin_layout Standard
39586 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
39587 two different ones in one document.
39596 \begin_layout Standard
39608 href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
39617 \begin_layout Standard
39633 \begin_inset Note Note
39636 \begin_layout Standard
39643 is explained in the
39648 It creates a hyperlink.
39656 \begin_inset Flex URL
39659 \begin_layout Standard
39669 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
39677 \begin_layout Bibliography
39678 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39679 LatexCommand bibitem
39680 key "latexcompanion"
39684 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
39686 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
39689 Addison-Wesley, 2004
39692 \begin_layout Bibliography
39693 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39694 LatexCommand bibitem
39699 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
39702 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
39705 Addison-Wesley, 2003
39708 \begin_layout Bibliography
39709 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39710 LatexCommand bibitem
39717 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
39720 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
39723 \begin_layout Bibliography
39724 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39725 LatexCommand bibitem
39737 Addison-Wesley, 1984
39740 \begin_layout Bibliography
39741 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39742 LatexCommand bibitem
39750 \begin_inset Flex URL
39753 \begin_layout Standard
39763 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
39771 \begin_layout Bibliography
39772 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39773 LatexCommand bibitem
39779 \begin_inset Flex URL
39782 \begin_layout Standard
39792 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
39800 \begin_layout Bibliography
39801 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39802 LatexCommand bibitem
39811 \begin_layout Standard
39823 href{http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi}{
39832 \begin_layout Standard
39854 \begin_inset Flex URL
39857 \begin_layout Standard
39867 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
39875 \begin_layout Bibliography
39876 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39877 LatexCommand bibitem
39886 \begin_layout Standard
39898 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf}{
39907 \begin_layout Standard
39922 of the LaTeX-package
39930 \begin_layout Standard
39931 LaTeX-packages ! caption
39939 \begin_inset Flex URL
39942 \begin_layout Standard
39952 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
39960 \begin_layout Bibliography
39961 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39962 LatexCommand bibitem
39971 \begin_layout Standard
39983 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
39993 \begin_layout Standard
40008 of the LaTeX-package
40016 \begin_layout Standard
40017 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
40025 \begin_inset Flex URL
40028 \begin_layout Standard
40038 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
40046 \begin_layout Bibliography
40047 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
40048 LatexCommand bibitem
40057 \begin_layout Standard
40069 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
40079 \begin_layout Standard
40094 of the LaTeX-package
40102 \begin_layout Standard
40103 LaTeX-packages ! floatflt
40111 \begin_inset Flex URL
40114 \begin_layout Standard
40124 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf
40132 \begin_layout Bibliography
40133 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
40134 LatexCommand bibitem
40143 \begin_layout Standard
40155 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
40164 \begin_layout Standard
40179 of the LaTeX-package
40187 \begin_layout Standard
40188 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
40196 \begin_inset Flex URL
40199 \begin_layout Standard
40209 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
40217 \begin_layout Bibliography
40218 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
40219 LatexCommand bibitem
40228 \begin_layout Standard
40240 href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf}{
40249 \begin_layout Standard
40264 of the LaTeX-package
40272 \begin_layout Standard
40273 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
40281 \begin_inset Flex URL
40284 \begin_layout Standard
40294 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
40302 \begin_layout Bibliography
40303 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
40304 LatexCommand bibitem
40313 \begin_layout Standard
40325 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX}{
40334 \begin_layout Standard
40349 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
40352 \begin_inset Flex URL
40355 \begin_layout Standard
40365 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
40373 \begin_layout Bibliography
40374 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
40375 LatexCommand bibitem
40384 \begin_layout Standard
40396 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
40405 \begin_layout Standard
40420 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
40423 \begin_inset Flex URL
40426 \begin_layout Standard
40436 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
40444 \begin_layout Bibliography
40445 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
40446 LatexCommand bibitem
40455 \begin_layout Standard
40467 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
40476 \begin_layout Standard
40491 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
40494 \begin_inset Flex URL
40497 \begin_layout Standard
40507 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
40515 \begin_layout Bibliography
40516 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
40517 LatexCommand bibitem
40526 \begin_layout Standard
40538 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
40547 \begin_layout Standard
40562 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
40565 \begin_inset Flex URL
40568 \begin_layout Standard
40578 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
40586 \begin_layout Bibliography
40587 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
40588 LatexCommand bibitem
40597 \begin_layout Standard
40609 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
40618 \begin_layout Standard
40633 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
40636 \begin_inset Flex URL
40639 \begin_layout Standard
40649 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
40657 \begin_layout Bibliography
40658 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
40659 LatexCommand bibitem
40668 \begin_layout Standard
40680 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList}{
40689 \begin_layout Standard
40704 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
40707 \begin_inset Flex URL
40710 \begin_layout Standard
40720 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
40728 \begin_layout Standard
40732 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
40733 LatexCommand bibtex
40734 options "biblio/alphadin"
40735 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
40742 \begin_layout Standard
40743 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
40746 \begin_layout Standard
40750 \begin_layout Standard
40762 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
40772 \begin_inset Note Note
40775 \begin_layout Standard
40782 is explained in the
40787 It creates a TOC entry.
40790 \begin_layout Standard
40791 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
40792 two different ones in one document.
40800 \begin_layout Standard
40803 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
40804 LatexCommand printnomenclature
40809 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
40810 LatexCommand printindex